The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About234WFrancis_Final300 SO SPRING ST | 202 | ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 | BENDONADAMS.COM June 21, 2020 Sarah Yoon Historic Preservation Commission c/o Aspen City Hall 130 South Galena Street, 3rd Floor Aspen, CO 81611 Re: 234 West Francis Street Final HPC Review and Relocation Dear Sarah and HPC, Please accept this application for Final Major Development Review for the property located at 234 West Francis Street. The property is 9,000 square feet (sf) in size, and is both a designated historic local landmark (Ordinance 7-1982) and a designated property on the National Register of Historic Places. There are two contributing structures on the property – the main two-story landmark constructed in 1888 and a one-story cabin circa 1880s. The cabin is currently a voluntary ADU. The voluntary deed restriction is approved to be removed with conditions. The large two-story landmark is indicative of Aspen’s Queen Anne vernacular architecture typically found in the West End neighborhood and along Main Street. The simple one-story cabin, which was originally on its own lot, creates a sense of place and historic context for the primary two-story building. Background This property is referred to as the Judge Davis Waite House. David Hanson Waite was a local lawyer, publisher of the Aspen Times and was the Populist Party governor of Colorado from 1893- 1895. Waite lived at 234 West Francis before and after his term as governor until his death in 1900. Other notable residents include Herbert and Joella Bayer (1948 to 1953) and Robert O. Anderson, chairman of the Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies (1953 - late 1980s). A Herbert Bayer designed fence and several mature cottonwood trees border Francis and Second Streets. Figure 1: Two story landmark (left) and historic cabin (right). Page 1 of 208 Page 2 of 5 Figure 2: 234 West Francis Street, 1910. Courtesy Aspen Historical Society (AHS). Figure 3: 1889 Sanborn Fire Insurance Map. Arrows indicate areas that have been removed/heavily altered. Figure 4: 1896 Willits Map Page 2 of 208 Page 3 of 5 A remodel in the 1990s resulted in major alterations to the property and replacement of original materials such as siding, porch posts and window trim. The 1990s remodel resulted in fines and enforcement by the City of Aspen for the loss of historic material outside the scope of the approved remodel project. A Certificate of Occupancy was granted on September 20, 1999 for the project after remediation conditions were satisfied. Proposal Conceptual approval was granted in February 2020 for an addition to the main two story historic home and a larger basement. Non-historic additions that do not meet the Historic Preservation Design Guidelines are approved for removal. A condition of approval for final review is addressed below: Section 1.1: Restudy the overhang feature located above the secondary entrance which is accessed from Second Street for final review. Figure 6: Conceptual Review west elevation Figure 5: 234 West Francis pre-remodel in 1974, note the changes to the cabin. Courtesy Aspen Historical Society. Page 3 of 208 Page 4 of 5 Figure 7: Revised Final Review west elevation The west elevation has been revised to include a shorter overhang feature that does not connect to the landmark or to the garage. The overhang feature is simple, adds a pedestrian scale, and defines the area as a secondary entrance similar to a more traditional side porch. A section of the metal overhang is shown in Figure 8. The cabin is proposed to be returned to the pre-1990s remodel appearance and a rear dormer is proposed to be restored to the main two story historic home. Large lightwells located on the east elevation of the main two story historic home are proposed to be reduced in size and pulled back from the street facing façade. A non-conforming lightwell located in front of the cabin facing the street is proposed to be removed. Further inspection of the cabin location and the east property line during the preparation of this application results in a request to remove the non-historic brick chimney that sits over the property line. A simple stove pipe is proposed in a location similar to a 1910 photograph (Figure 2) showing a chimney. The existing basement beneath the cabin is proposed to be excavated a few feet deeper to align with the new basement level beneath the 2- story landmark. Underpinning beneath both resources is required to excavate, and therefore, “relocation” review is required. Underpinning the cabin requires the setback variations for the original location of the historic cabin be reconsidered even though the cabin is not moving. Another minor change from the conceptual approval is the height of the garage which is proposed to be 6 inches taller than the conceptual approval (reference Figures 6 and 7 for comparison) – this change results Figure 8: Section of proposed overhang. Figure 9: Existing brick chimney located over property line. Page 4 of 208 Page 5 of 5 from developing construction level documents and associated construction techniques. Significant trees along the street facades and the alley, and the Herbert Bayer fence are protected and preserved in the proposal. Relocating the garage to align with the west façade of the landmark requires a small section of the Bayer fence to be relocated to return to the newly placed garage. Thank you for reviewing this application. Please reach out if you need additional information to complete your review. Sincerely, Sara Adams, AICP Exhibits A – Review Criteria A.1 HP Design Guidelines A.2 Setback Variations for original cabin location A.3 “Relocation” to underpin historic resources B – HPC Conceptual Approval C – Pre application summary D – Agreement to Pay E – Land Use application F – HOA form G – Authorization to represent H – Proof of ownership I – Vicinity Map J – Mailing List K – Material cut sheets L – Landscape M – Lighting N – Engineering report O - Drawings Page 5 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 Exhibit A – Review Criteria A.1 HP Design Guidelines 26.415.060.A Approvals Required. Any development involving properties designated on the aspen Inventory of Historic Landmark Sites and Structures, as an individual property or located within the boundaries of a Historic District, unless determined exempt, requires the approval of a development order and either a certificate of no negative effect or a certificate of appropriateness before a building permit or any other work authorization will be issued by the City. HPC shall provide referral comments for major projects to rights of way located within the boundaries of a Historic District. Response: Applicable Design Guidelines are addressed below: Streetscape 1.1 All projects shall respect the historic development pattern or context of the block, neighborhood or district. • Building footprint and location should reinforce the traditional patterns of the neighborhood. • Allow for some porosity on a site. In a residential project, setback to setback development is typically uncharacteristic of the historic context. Do not design a project which leaves no useful open space visible from the street. Response – The Victorian and cabin are located in their original locations. The existing garage location is unchanged in this application. Useful open space is preserved around both historic landmarks. New construction is significantly setback from historic street facing facades and from the street. 1.2 Preserve the system and character of historic streets, alleys, and ditches. When HPC input is requested, the following bullet points may be applicable. • Retain and preserve the variety and character found in historic alleys, including retaining historic ancillary buildings or constructing new ones. • Retain and preserve the simple character of historic ditches. Do not plant flowers or add landscape. • Abandoning or re-routing a street in a historic area is generally discouraged. • Consider the value of unpaved alleys in residential areas. • Opening a platted right of way which was abandoned or never graded may be encouraged on a case by case basis. Response – The character defining cottonwoods that border 234 West Francis are protected and preserved. Page 6 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 1.3 Remove driveways or parking areas accessed directly from the street if they were not part of the original development of the site. • Do not introduce new curb cuts on streets. • Non-historic driveways accessed from the street should be removed if they can be relocated to the alley. Response – n/a. 1.4 Design a new driveway or improve an existing driveway in a manner that minimizes its visual impact. • If an alley exists at the site, the new driveway must be located off it. • Tracks, gravel, light grey concrete with minimal seams, or similar materials are appropriate for driveways on Aspen Victorian properties. Response – The driveway is located off the alley. 1.5 Maintain the historic hierarchy of spaces. • Reflect the established progression of public to private spaces from the public sidewalk to a semi-public walkway, to a semiprivate entry feature, to private spaces. Response – A simple walkway into the main entry is proposed from the sidewalk to the front porch. The walkway leading to the non-historic entrance to the Cabin is removed. The entry, front porch and walkway to the Cabin was added previously when the building was converted to a rental unit. 1.6 Provide a simple walkway running perpendicular from the street to the front entry on residential projects. • Meandering walkways are not allowed, except where it is needed to avoid a tree or is typical of the period of significance. • Use paving materials that are similar to those used historically for the building style and install them in the manner that they would have been used historically. For example, on an Aspen Victorian landmark set flagstone paver in sand, rather than in concrete. Light grey concrete, brick or red sandstone are appropriate private walkway materials for most landmarks. • The width of a new entry sidewalk should generally be three feet or less for residential properties. A wider sidewalk may be appropriate for an AspenModern property. Response – A simple brick walkway similar to the existing walk is proposed directly to the primary door in the landmark. The large cottonwood trees along Second Street require a jog in the direct walkway to the secondary door. Paving materials for the secondary walkway and interior patio area are grey basalt stone in a running bond pattern. The secondary walkway pavers have grass planted in the seams to have a less formal appearance than the primary walkway. The driveway access into the garage is proposed to be brick in a pattern similar to the historic front walkway into the landmark. Page 7 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 1.7 Provide positive open space within a project site. • Ensure that open space on site is meaningful and consolidated into a few large spaces rather than many small unusable areas. • Open space should be designed to support and complement the historic building. Response – Open space on the site was approved during Conceptual Review. There is significant green space around both landmarks. 1.8 Consider stormwater quality needs early in the design process. • When included in the initial planning for a project, stormwater quality facilities can be better integrated into the proposal. All landscape plans presented for HPC review must include at least a preliminary representation of the stormwater design. A more detailed design must be reviewed and approved by Planning and Engineering prior to building permit submittal. • Site designs and stormwater management should provide positive drainage away from the historic landmark, preserve the use of natural drainage and treatment systems of the site, reduce the generation of additional stormwater runoff, and increase infiltration into the ground. Stormwater facilities and conveyances located in front of a landmark should have minimal visual impact when viewed from the public right of way. • Refer to City Engineering for additional guidance and requirements. Response – A conceptual drainage plan and engineering report (Exhibit N) directs drainage away from the landmarks. There is an existing drywell onsite behind the Cabin that is proposed to be removed. 1.9 Landscape development on AspenModern landmarks shall be addressed on a case by case basis. Response – n/a. 1.10 Built-in furnishings, such as water features, fire pits, grills, and hot tubs, that could interfere with or block views of historic structures are inappropriate. • Site furnishings that are added to the historic property should not be intrusive or degrade the integrity of the neighborhood patterns, site, or existing historic landscape. • Consolidating and screening these elements is preferred. Response – A hot tub is located behind the cabin fully screened from the street. 1.11 Preserve and maintain historically significant landscaping on site, particularly landmark trees and shrubs. • Retaining historic planting beds and landscape features is encouraged. • Protect historically significant vegetation during construction to avoid damage. Removal of damaged, aged, or diseased trees must be approved by the Parks Department. • If a significant tree must be removed, replace it with the same or similar species in coordination with the Parks Department. Page 8 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 • The removal of non-historic planting schemes is encouraged. • Consider restoring the original landscape if information is available, including original plant materials. Response – Mature cottonwood trees that border the streets are protected and preserved. Large spruce trees along the alley are protected and existing lilacs along the interior lot line are also protected. Tree removals have been discussed and preliminarily approved by the Parks Department. 1.12 Provide an appropriate context for historic structures. See diagram. • Simplicity and restraint are required. Do not overplant a site, or install a landscape which is over textured or overly complex in relationship to the historic resource, particularly in Zone A. In Zone A, new planting shall be species that were used historically or species of similar attributes. • In areas immediately adjacent to the landmark, Zone A and Zone B, plants up 42” in height, sod, and low shrubs are often appropriate. • Contemporary planting, walls and other features are not appropriate in Zone A. A more contemporary landscape may surround new development or be located in the rear of the property, in Zone C. • Do not cover areas which were historically unpaved with hard surfaces, except for a limited patio where appropriate. • Where residential structures are being adapted to commercial use, proposals to alter the landscape will be considered on a case-by-case basis. The residential nature of the building must be honored. • In the case of a historic landmark lot split, careful consideration should be given so as not to over plant either property or remove all evidence of the landscape characteristics from before the property was divided. • Contemporary landscapes that highlight an AspenModern architectural style are encouraged. Response – A simple landscape with traditional plantings is proposed. 1.13 Additions of plant material to the landscape that could interfere with or block views of historic structures are inappropriate. • Low plantings and ground covers are preferred. • Do not place trees, shrubs, or hedgerows in locations that will obscure, damage, or block significant architectural features or views to the building. Hedgerows are not allowed as fences. • Consider mature canopy size when planting new trees adjacent to historic resources. Planting trees too close to a landmark may result in building deteriorate or blocked views and is inappropriate. • Climbing vines can damage historic structures and are not allowed. Response – No new planting material is proposed that will damage the historic structures. Page 9 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 1.14 Minimize the visual impacts of landscape lighting. • Landscape and pathway lighting are not permitted in Zone A (refer to diagram) on Aspen Victorian properties unless an exception is approved by HPC based on safety considerations. • Landscape, driveway, and pathway lighting on AspenModern properties is addressed on a case-by-case basis. • Landscape light fixtures should be carefully selected so that they are compatible with the building, yet recognizable as a product of their own time. • Driveway lighting is not permitted on Aspen Victorian properties. • Landscape uplighting is not allowed. Response – Landscape lighting is not located in Zone A. Pathway lighting is proposed in Zone B between the primary landmark and cabin. Fixtures are proposed at the entrance gates to both the primary and secondary entry to the property. 1.15 Preserve original fences. • Fences which are considered part of the historic significance of a site should not be moved, removed, or inappropriately altered. • Replace only those portions of a historic fence that are deteriorated beyond repair. • Replacement elements must match the existing. Response – The Herbert Bayer fence is proposed to remain and be repaired where necessary. The fence in the northwest corner of the property needs to be extended slightly to accommodate the new location of the garage. 1.16 When possible, replicate a missing historic fence based on photographic evidence. Response – The fence return at the alley shown in Figure 1 will match the historic fence. 1.17 No fence in the front yard is often the most appropriate solution. • Reserve fences for back yards and behind street facing façades, as the best way to preserve the character of a property. Response – n/a. 1.18 When building an entirely new fence, use materials that are appropriate to the building type and style. • The new fence should use materials that were used on similar properties during the period of significance. Figure 1: Section of fence that needs to return to new garage location. Page 10 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 • A wood fence is the appropriate solution in most locations. • Ornate fences, including wrought iron, may create a false history are not appropriate for Aspen Victorian landmarks unless there is evidence that a decorative fence historically existed on the site. • A modest wire fence was common locally in the early 1900s and is appropriate for Aspen Victorian properties. This fence type has many desirable characteristics including transparency, a low height, and a simple design. When this material is used, posts should be simply detailed and not oversized. Response – A new 6 feet wood privacy fence is proposed between the cabin and the alley along the east property line. The existing privacy fence is located on the adjacent property according to the survey. 1.19 A new fence should have a transparent quality, allowing views into the yard from the street. • A fence that defines a front yard must be low in height and transparent in nature. • For a picket fence, spacing between the pickets must be a minimum of 1/2 the width of the picket. • For Post-WWII properties where a more solid type of fence may be historically appropriate, proposals will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. • Fence columns or piers should be proportional to the fence segment. Response – n/a. 1.20 Any fence taller than 42” should be designed so that it avoids blocking public views of important features of a designated building. • A privacy fence should incorporate transparent elements to minimize the possible visual impacts. Consider staggering the fence boards on either side of the fence rail. This will give the appearance of a solid plank fence when seen head on. Also consider using lattice, or other transparent detailing on the upper portions of the fence. • A privacy fence should allow the building corners and any important architectural features that are visible from the street to continue to be viewed. • All hedgerows (trees, shrub bushes, etc.) are prohibited in Zones A and B. Response –A simple horizontal wood fence is proposed along the east property line behind the cabin, as shown in Exhibit L. 1.21 Preserve original retaining walls • Replace only those portions that are deteriorated beyond repair. Any replacement materials should match the original in color, texture, size and finish. • Painting or covering a historic masonry retaining wall or covering is not allowed. • Increasing the height of a retaining wall is inappropriate. Response – n/a. Page 11 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 1.22 When a new retaining wall is necessary, its height and visibility should be minimized. • All wall materials, including veneer and mortar, will be reviewed on a case by case basis and should be compatible with the palette used on the historic structure. Response – n/a. 1.23 Re-grading the site in a manner that changes historic grade is generally not allowed and will be reviewed on a case by case basis. Response – The historic buildings are proposed to maintain grade similar to existing conditions. 1.24 Preserve historically significant landscapes with few or no alterations. • An analysis of the historic landscape and an assessment of the current condition of the landscape should be done before the beginning of any project. • The key features of the historic landscape and its overall design intent must be preserved. Response – The character defining cottonwoods are preserved and protected. The existing lilacs bushes along the east (interior) lot line are preserved where possible. 1.25 New development on these sites should respect the historic design of the landscape and its built features. • Do not add features that damage the integrity of the historic landscape. • Maintain the existing pattern of setbacks and siting of structures. • Maintain the historic relationship of the built landscape to natural features on the site. • All additions to these landscapes must be clearly identifiable as recent work. • New artwork must be subordinate to the designed landscape in terms of placement, height, material, and overall appearance. Place new art away from significant landscape features. • Avoid installing utility trenches in cultural landscapes if possible. Response – The simple historic design of the landscape is maintained in the proposal. Significant trees are protected. 1.26 Preserve the historic circulation system. • Minimize the impact of new vehicular circulation. • Minimize the visual impact of new parking. • Maintain the separation of pedestrian and vehicle which occurred historically. Response – All parking is located off the alley in the garage. 1.27 Preserve and maintain significant landscaping on site. Page 12 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 • Protect established vegetation during any construction. • If any tree or shrub needs to be removed, replace it with the same or similar species. • New planting should be of a species used historically or a similar species. • Maintain and preserve any gardens and/or ornamental planting on the site. • Maintain and preserve any historic landscape elements. Response – Large lilacs are proposed to be relocated away from the historic façade to preserve both the historic material and the lilacs. Restoration Materials 2.1 Preserve original building materials. • Do not remove siding that is in good condition or that can be repaired in place. • Masonry features that define the overall historic character, such as walls, cornices, pediments, steps and foundations, should be preserved. • Avoid rebuilding a major portion of an exterior wall that could be repaired in place. Reconstruction may result in a building which no longer retains its historic integrity. • Original AspenModern materials may be replaced in kind if it has been determined that the weathering detracts from the original design intent or philosophy. 2.2 The finish of materials should be as it would have existed historically. • Masonry naturally has a water-protective layer to protect it from the elements. Brick or stone that was not historically painted shall not be painted. • If masonry that was not painted historically was given a coat of paint at some more recent time, consider removing it, using appropriate methods. • Wood should be painted, stained or natural, as appropriate to the style and history of the building. 2.3 Match the original material in composition, scale and finish when replacing materials on primary surfaces. • If the original material is wood clapboard for example, then the replacement material must be wood as well. It should match the original in size, and the amount of exposed lap and finish. • Replace only the amount required. If a few boards are damaged beyond repair, then only those should be replaced, not the entire wall. For AspenModern buildings, sometimes the replacement of a larger area is required to preserve the integrity of the design intent. 2.4 Do not use synthetic materials as replacements for original building materials. • Original building materials such as wood siding and brick should not be replaced with synthetic materials. Page 13 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 2.5 Covering original building materials with new materials is inappropriate. • Regardless of their character, new materials obscure the original, historically significant material. • Any material that covers historic materials may also trap moisture between the two layers. This will cause accelerated deterioration to the historic material which may go unnoticed. 2.6 Remove layers that cover the original material. • Once the non-historic siding is removed, repair the original, underlying material. Response – The Cabin is proposed to be returned to the pre-remodel appearance using historic photographs. Any replacement materials on the Cabin will match the original as described in Guideline 2.3. Original material with integrity will be restored or repaired. Original building materials will not be covered. New materials relate to the historic dimensions and character – 3” wide horizontal painted wood siding is proposed for the garage and addition and a metal roof is proposed for the gable roof garage. Lead coated copper gutters, downspouts and details are proposed throughout the project as noted on the plans. Windows 3.1 Preserve the functional and decorative features of a historic window. • Features important to the character of a window include its frame, sash, muntins/mullions, sills, heads, jambs, moldings, operations, and groupings of windows. • Repair frames and sashes rather than replacing them. • Preserve the original glass. If original Victorian era glass is broken, consider using restoration glass for the repair. 3.2 Preserve the position, number, and arrangement of historic windows in a building wall. • Enclosing a historic window is inappropriate. • Do not change the size of an original window opening. 3.3 Match a replacement window to the original in its design. • If the original is double-hung, then the replacement window must also be double-hung. If the sash has divided lights, match that characteristic as well. 3.4 When replacing an original window, use materials that are the same as the original. 3.5 Preserve the size and proportion of a historic window opening. • Changing the window opening is not permitted. • Consider restoring an original window opening that was enclosed in the past. Page 14 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 3.6 Match, as closely as possible, the profile of the sash and its components to that of the original window. • A historic window often has a complex profile. Within the window’s casing, the sash steps back to the plane of the glazing (glass) in several increments. These increments, which individually only measure in eighths or quarters of inches, are important details. They distinguish the actual window from the surrounding plane of the wall. • The historic profile on AspenModern properties is typically minimal. 3.7 Adding new openings on a historic structure is generally not allowed. • Greater flexibility in installing new windows may be considered on rear or secondary walls. • New windows should be similar in scale to the historic openings on the building, but should in some way be distinguishable as new, through the use of somewhat different detailing, etc. • Preserve the historic ratio of window openings to solid wall on a façade. • Significantly increasing the amount of glass on a character defining façade will negatively affect the integrity of a structure. 3.8 Use a storm window to enhance energy conservation rather than replace a historic window. • Install a storm window on the interior, when feasible. This will allow the character of the original window to be seen from the public way. • If a storm window is to be installed on the exterior, match the sash design and material of the original window. It should fit tightly within the window opening without the need for sub- frames or panning around the perimeter. A storm window should not include muntins unless necessary for structure. Any muntin should be placed to match horizontal or vertical divisions of the historic window. Response – All historic windows will be preserved, and operational components will be repaired as needed. Three windows in the main historic home on the west and east elevations are currently covered and are Figure 2: Cabin, August 1974. Courtesy Aspen Historical Society. Figure 3: Current photograph of Cabin. Page 15 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 proposed to be restored. Window locations are restored in the Cabin as shown in the drawing set. Windows in new construction are proposed to be aluminum clad. Doors 4.1 Preserve historically significant doors. • Maintain features important to the character of a historic doorway. These include the door, door frame, screen door, threshold, glass panes, paneling, hardware, detailing, transoms and flanking sidelights. • Do not change the position and function of original front doors and primary entrances. • If a secondary entrance must be sealed shut, any work that is done must be reversible so that the door can be used at a later time, if necessary. Also, keep the door in place, in its historic position. • Previously enclosed original doors should be reopened when possible. 4.2 Maintain the original size of a door and its opening. • Altering its size and shape is inappropriate. It should not be widened or raised in height. 4.3 When a historic door or screen door is damaged, repair it and maintain its general historic appearance. 4.4 When replacing a door or screen door, use a design that has an appearance similar to the original door or a door associated with the style of the building. • A replica of the original, if evidence exists, is the preferred replacement. • A historic door or screen door from a similar building also may be considered. • Simple paneled doors were typical for Aspen Victorian properties. • Very ornate doors, including stained or leaded glass, are discouraged, unless photographic evidence can support their use. 4.5 Adding new doors on a historic building is generally not allowed. • Place new doors in any proposed addition rather than altering the historic resource. • Greater flexibility in installing a door in a new location may be considered on rear or secondary walls. • A new door in a new location should be similar in scale and style to historic openings on the building and should be a product of its own time. • Preserve the historic ratio of openings to solid wall on a façade. Significantly increasing the openings on a character defining façade negatively affects the integrity of a structure. 4.6 If energy conservation and heat loss are concerns, use a storm door instead of replacing a historic entry door. • Match the material, frame design, character, and color of the primary door. Page 16 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 • Simple features that do not detract from the historic entry door are appropriate for a new storm door. • New screen doors should be in character with the primary door. 4.7 Preserve historic hardware. • When new hardware is needed, it must be in scale with the door and appropriate to the style of the building. • On Aspen Victorian properties, conceal any modern elements such as entry keypads. Response – Original door openings and historic hardware will be preserved. The original side entry to the Cabin will be restored and the non-historic front entry will be removed. Porch 5.1 Preserve an original porch or balcony. • Replace missing posts and railings when necessary. Match the original proportions, material and spacing of balusters. • Expanding the size of a historic porch or balcony is inappropriate. 5.2 Avoid removing or covering historic materials and details. • Removing an original balustrade, for example, is inappropriate. 5.3 Enclosing a porch or balcony is not appropriate. • Reopening an enclosed porch or balcony is appropriate. 5.4 If reconstruction is necessary, match the original in form, character and detail. • Match original materials. • When reconstructing an original porch or balcony without historic photographs, use dimensions and characteristics found on comparable buildings. Keep style and form simple with minimal, if any, decorative elements. 5.5 If new steps are to be added, construct them out of the same primary materials used on the original, and design them to be in scale with the porch or balcony • Steps should be located in the original location. • Step width should relate to the scale of entry doors, spacing between posts, depth of deck, etc. • Brick, red sandstone, grey concrete, or wood are appropriate materials for steps. 5.6 Avoid adding handrails or guardrails where they did not exist historically, particularly where visible from the street. • If handrails or guardrails are needed according to building code, keep their design simple in character and different from the historic detailing on the porch or balcony. Page 17 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 Response – The historic front porch on the main two-story historic landmark is not proposed to change. Unoriginal side entry porches on the historic home (east and west elevation) and unoriginal front and side porches on the Cabin are removed. Architectural Details 6.1 Preserve significant architectural features. • Repair only those features that are deteriorated. • Patch, piece-in, splice, or consolidate to repair the existing materials, using recognized preservation methods whenever possible. • On AspenModern properties, repair is preferred, however, it may be more important to preserve the integrity of the original design intent, such as crisp edges, rather than to retain heavily deteriorated material. 6.2 When disassembly of a historic element is necessary for its restoration, use methods that minimize damage to the original material. • Document its location so it may be repositioned accurately. Always devise methods of replacing the disassembled material in its original configuration. 6.3 Remove only the portion of the detail that is deteriorated and must be replaced. • Match the original in composition, scale, and finish when replacing materials or features. • If the original detail was made of wood, for example, then the replacement material should be wood, when feasible. It should match the original in size and finish. 6.4 Repair or replacement of missing or deteriorated features are required to be based on original designs. • The design should be substantiated by physical or pictorial evidence to avoid creating a misrepresentation of the building’s heritage. • When reconstruction of an element is impossible because there is no historical evidence, develop a compatible new design that is a simplified interpretation of the original, and maintains similar scale, proportion and material. 6.5 Do not guess at “historic” designs for replacement parts. • Where scars on the exterior suggest that architectural features existed, but there is no other physical or photographic evidence, then new features may be designed that are similar in character to related buildings. • Using ornate materials on a building or adding new conjectural detailing for which there is no documentation is inappropriate. Response – Architectural details will be repaired as needed. Historic photographs will be used to accurately restore the Cabin. Architectural details and sections are provided in the drawing set. Page 18 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 Roof 7.1 Preserve the original form of a roof. • Do not alter the angle of a historic roof. Preserve the orientation and slope of the roof as seen from the street. • Retain and repair original and decorative roof detailing. • Where the original roof form has been altered, consider restoration. 7.2 Preserve the original eave depth. • Overhangs contribute to the scale and detailing of a historic resource. • AspenModern properties typically have very deep or extremely minimal overhangs that are key character defining features of the architectural style. 7.3 Minimize the visual impacts of skylights and other rooftop devices. • Skylights and solar panels are generally not allowed on a historic structure. These elements may be appropriate on an addition. 7.4 New vents should be minimized, carefully, placed and painted a dark color. • Direct vents for fireplaces are generally not permitted to be added on historic structures. • Locate vents on non-street facing facades. • Use historic chimneys as chases for new flues when possible. 7.5 Preserve original chimneys, even if they are made non-functional. • Reconstruct a missing chimney when documentation exists. 7.6 A new dormer should remain subordinate to the historic roof in scale and character. • A new dormer is not appropriate on a primary, character defining façade. • A new dormer should fit within the existing wall plane. It should be lower than the ridgeline and set in from the eave. It should also be in proportion with the building. • The mass and scale of a dormer addition must be subordinate to the scale of the historic building. • While dormers improve the livability of upper floor spaces where low plate heights exist, they also complicate the roof and may not be appropriate on very simple structures. • Dormers are not generally not permitted on AspenModern properties since they are not characteristics of these building styles. 7.7 Preserve original roof materials. Page 19 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 • Avoid removing historic roofing material that is in good condition. When replacement is necessary, use a material that is similar to the original in both style as well as physical qualities and use a color that is similar to that seen historically. 7.8 New or replacement roof materials should convey a scale, color and texture similar to the original. • If a substitute is used, such as composition shingle, the roof material should be earth tone and have a matte, non-reflective finish. • Flashing should be in scale with the roof material. • Flashing should be tin, lead coated copper, galvanized or painted metal and have a matte, non- reflective finish. • Design flashing, such as drip edges, so that architectural details are not obscured. • A metal roof is inappropriate for an Aspen Victorian primary home but may be appropriate for a secondary structure from that time period. • A metal roof material should have a matte, non-reflective finish and match the original seaming. 7.9 Avoid using conjectural features on a roof. • Adding ornamental cresting, for example, where there is no evidence that it existed, creates a false impression of the building’s original appearance, and is inappropriate. 7.10 Design gutters so that their visibility on the structure is minimized to the extent possible. • Downspouts should be placed in locations that are not visible from the street if possible, or in locations that do not obscure architectural detailing on the building. • The material used for the gutters should be in character with the style of the building. Response – The rear historic dormer, shown below, is proposed to be restored and used as venting. Figure 4: Aerial photograph from Denver Public Library Western Heritage Collection. Page 20 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 Wood shingles are proposed for the historic resources and lead coated copper metal roof is proposed for the garage. The flat roofs will be membrane. Skylights are proposed in the garage roof only. Solar panels are proposed on the flat roof of the living room, as shown at Conceptual Review. Gutters, snow cleats, and downspouts are included in Exhibit O. Cabin 8.1 If an existing secondary structure is historically significant, then it must be preserved. • When treating a historic secondary building, respect its character-defining features. These include its materials, roof form, windows, doors, and architectural details. • If a secondary structure is not historically significant, then its preservation is optional. The determination of significance is based on documentation of the construction date of the outbuilding and/or physical inspection. A secondary structure that is related to the period of significance of the primary structure will likely require preservation. Response – The cabin is preserved. The existing non-historic brick chimney sits over the property line by 6 ½”. We propose to remove the non-historic chimney and to add a simple stove pipe in a central location similar to the location of a chimney in the 1910 photograph. The 1898 Sanborn Map identifies a “S.P.” aka stove pipe on the footprint of the cabin. 8.2 Preserve a historic secondary building as a detached structure. • Any proposal to attach a secondary structure is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. • The position and orientation of the structure should be maintained except when HPC finds that an alternative is the best preservation option. • Some AspenModern properties incorporated garages and carports into the architecture. This pattern should be maintained. Response – The cabin is detached. Figure 5: 1910 photograph of cabin with central chimney. Photo courtesy AHS. Page 21 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 8.3 Do not add detailing or features to a secondary structure that are conjectural and not in keeping with its original character as a utilitarian structure. • Most secondary structures are basic rectangular solids, with simple finishes and no ornamentation. Response –Non-historic gingerbread details are proposed to be removed. 8.4 When adding on to a secondary structure, distinguish the addition as new construction and minimize removal of historic fabric. • Additions to a secondary structure must be smaller in footprint than the original building and lower in height. Maintaining the overall mass and scale is particularly important. • Do not alter the original roof form. • An addition must be inset from the corners of the wall to which it attaches. Response – The cabin has two non-historic rear additions added in the 1990s. The closet addition is proposed to be removed and the small bathroom is proposed to remain. No new additions are proposed to the cabin. 8.5 Preserve the original building materials, or match in kind when necessary. Response – Original building materials are not proposed to be removed. Any patches will match existing material. 8.6 Preserve original door and window openings and minimize new openings. • If an original carriage door exists, and can be made to function for automobile use, this is preferred. Response – Original door and window openings are restored using historic photographs. 8.7 If a new garage door is added, it must be compatible with the character of the historic structure. • The materials and detailing should be simple. Response – n/a. 8.8 Adaptation of an obsolete secondary structure to a functional use is encouraged. • The reuse of any secondary structure should be sensitive so that its character is not lost. Response – The cabin is incorporated into the overall use of the property as a single-family home. Page 22 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 Excavation, Building Relocation, and Foundations 9.1 Developing a basement by underpinning and excavating while the historic structure remains in place may help to preserve the historic fabric. • This activity will require the same level of documentation, structural assessment, and posting of financial assurances as a building relocation. 9.2 Proposals to relocate a building will be considered on a case-by-case basis. • In general, on-site relocation has less of an impact on individual landmark structures than those in a historic district. • In a district, where numerous adjacent historic structures may exist, the way that buildings were placed on the site historically, and the open yards visible from the street are characteristics that should be respected in new development. • Provide a figure ground study of the surrounding parcels to demonstrate the effects of a building relocation. • In some cases, the historic significance of the structure, the context of the site, the construction technique, and the architectural style may make on-site relocation too impactful to be appropriate. It must be demonstrated that on-site relocation is the best preservation alternative in order for approval to be granted. • If relocation would result in the need to reconstruct a substantial area of the original exterior surface of the building above grade, it is not an appropriate preservation option. 9.3 Site a relocated structure in a position similar to its historic orientation. • It must face the same direction and have a relatively similar setback. In general, a forward movement, rather than a lateral movement is preferred. HPC will consider setback variations where appropriate. • A primary structure may not be moved to the rear of the parcel to accommodate a new building in front of it. • Be aware of potential restrictions against locating buildings too close to mature trees. Consult with the City Forester early in the design process. Do not relocate a building so that it becomes obscured by trees. 9.4 Position a relocated structure at its historic elevation above grade. • Raising the finished floor of the building slightly above its original elevation is acceptable if needed to address drainage issues. A substantial change in position relative to grade is inappropriate. • Avoid making design decisions that require code related alterations which could have been avoided. In particular, consider how the relationship to grade could result in non-historic guardrails, etc. Page 23 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 9.5 A new foundation shall appear similar in design and materials to the historic foundation. • On modest structures, a simple foundation is appropriate. Constructing a stone foundation on a miner’s cottage where there is no evidence that one existed historically is out of character and is not allowed. • Exposed concrete or painted metal flashing are generally appropriate. • Where a stone or brick foundation existed historically, it must be replicated, ideally using stone salvaged from the original foundation as a veneer. The replacement must be similar in the cut of the stone and design of the mortar joints. • New AspenModern foundations shall be handled on a case by case basis to ensure preservation of the design intent. 9.6 Minimize the visual impact of lightwells. • The size of any lightwell that faces a street should be minimized. • Lightwells must be placed so that they are not immediately adjacent to character defining features, such as front porches. • Lightwells must be protected with a flat grate, rather than a railing or may not be visible from a street. • Lightwells that face a street must abut the building foundation and generally may not “float” in the landscape except where they are screened, or on an AspenModern site. 9.7 All relocations of designated structures shall be performed by contractors who specialize in moving historic buildings, or can document adequate experience in successfully relocating such buildings. • The specific methodology to be used in relocating the structure must be approved by the HPC. • During the relocation process, panels must be mounted on the exterior of the building to protect existing openings and historic glass. Special care shall be taken to keep from damaging door and window frames and sashes in the process of covering the openings. Significant architectural details may need to be removed and securely stored until restoration. • The structure is expected to be stored on its original site during the construction process. Proposals for temporary storage on a different parcel will be considered on a case by case basis and may require special conditions of approval. • A historic resource may not be relocated outside of the City of Aspen. 9.8 Proposals to relocate a building to a new site are highly discouraged. • Permanently relocating a structure from where it was built to a new site is only allowed for special circumstances, where it is demonstrated to be the only preservation alternative. Response – Both historic resources are proposed to be underpinned, and potential lifted slightly if absolutely required, in order to excavate the basement. Both resources will be placed back in their Page 24 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 Building Additions original locations with the same relationship to grade. Foundation details on the historic resources are included in Exhibit O. 10.1 Preserve an older addition that has achieved historic significant in its own right. Response – n/a 10.2 A more recent addition that is not historically significant may be removed. Response – The 1990s addition at the rear of the two-story historic landmark and two story garage are approved for removal. 10.3 Design a new addition such that one’s ability to interpret the historic character of the primary building is maintained. • A new addition must be compatible with the historic character of the primary building. • An addition must be subordinate, deferential, modest, and secondary in comparison to the architectural character of the primary building. • An addition that imitates the primary building’s historic style is not allowed. For example, a new faux Victorian detailed addition is inappropriate on an Aspen Victorian home. • An addition that covers historically significant features is inappropriate. • Proposals on corner lots require particular attention to creating compatibility. Response – The new rear addition is primarily one story and is a product of its own time. A simple metal brise soleil is proposed on the one-story living room addition. 10.4 The historic resource is to be the focus of the property, the entry point, and the predominant structure as viewed from the street. • The historic resource must be visually dominant on the site and must be distinguishable against the addition. • The total above grade floor area of an addition may be no more than 100% of the above grade floor area of the original historic resource. All other above grade development must be completely detached. HPC may consider exceptions to this policy if two or more of the following are met: o The proposed addition is all one story o The footprint of the new addition is closely related to the footprint of the historic resource and the proposed design is particularly sensitive to the scale and proportions of the historic resource o The project involves the demolition and replacement of an older addition that is considered to have been particularly detrimental to the historic resource o The interior of the resource is fully utilized, containing the same number of usable floors as existed historically Page 25 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 o The project is on a large lot, allowing the addition to have a significant setback from the street o There are no variance requests in the application other than those related to historic conditions that aren’t being changed o The project is proposed as part of a voluntary AspenModern designation, or o The property is affected by non-preservation related site specific constraints such as trees that must be preserved, Environmentally Sensitive Areas review, etc. Response – The primary two-story historic landmark is the focus of the property, the main entry point, and the tallest and most predominant structure on the property. 10.5 On a corner lot, no portion of an addition to a one-story historic resource may be more than one story tall, directly behind that resource, unless completely detached above grade by a distance of at least 10 feet. HPC may consider exceptions to this policy if two or more of the following are met: • The connector element that links the new and old construction is a breezeway or transparent corridor, well recessed from the street facing side(s) of the historic resource and the area of two story construction that appears directly behind the one story historic resource is minimal • The footprint of the new addition is closely related to the footprint of the historic resource and the proposed design is particularly sensitive to the scale and proportions of the historic resource • The project involves the demolition and replacement of an older addition that is considered to have been particularly detrimental to the historic resource • The interior of the resource is fully utilized, containing the same number of usable floors as existed historically • There are no variance requests in the application other than those related to historic conditions that aren’t being changed • The project is proposed as part of a voluntary AspenModern designation, or • The property is affected by non-preservation related site specific constraints such as trees that must be preserved, Environmentally Sensitive Areas review, etc. Response – n/a. The landmark is two stories. The one story cabin is not proposed to have an addition. 10.6 Design a new addition to be recognized as a product of its own time. • An addition shall be distinguishable from the historic building and still be visually compatible with historic features. • A change in setbacks of the addition from the historic building, a subtle change in material, or a modern interpretation of a historic style are all techniques that may be considered to help define a change from historic construction to new construction. • Do not reference historic styles that have no basis in Aspen. Page 26 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 • Consider these three aspects of an addition; form, materials, and fenestration. An addition must relate strongly to the historic resource in at least two of these elements. Departing from the historic resource in one of these categories allows for creativity and a contemporary design response. • Note that on a corner lot, departing from the form of the historic resource may not be allowed. • There is a spectrum of appropriate solutions to distinguishing new from old portions of a development. Some resources of particularly high significance or integrity may not be the right instance for a contrasting addition. Response – The new addition is primarily a sloped roof with a flat roof one story connection between the two story landmark and the garage. The façade material is 3” wide horizontal cedar boards. Form and materials relate strongly to the landmark. The new openings on the west elevation facing Second Street are vertically oriented and proportional to the historic double hung windows in the landmark. The windows in the addition facing Francis Street have a more modern shape and style to differentiate new from historic. A brise soleil is proposed for the new one story addition to create some depth to the simple modern form. 10.7 When planning an addition to a building in a historic district, preserve historic alignments on the street. • Some roof lines and porch eaves on historic buildings may align at approximately the same height. An addition cannot be placed in a location where these relationships would be altered or obscured. Response – n/a. 10.8 Design an addition to be compatible in size and scale with the main building. • An addition that is lower than, or similar to the height of the primary building, is preferred. Response – The addition is mostly one story and is lower than the height of the primary building. 10.9 If the addition is taller than a historic building, set it back from significant façades and use a “connector” to link it to the historic building. • Only a one-story connector is allowed. • Usable space, including decks, is not allowed on top of connectors unless the connector has limited visibility and the deck is shielded with a solid parapet wall. • In all cases, the connector must attach to the historic resource underneath the eave. • The connector shall be a minimum of 10 feet long between the addition and the primary building. • Minimize the width of the connector. Ideally, it is no more than a passage between the historic resource and addition. The connector must reveal the original building corners. The connector may not be as wide as the historic resource. Page 27 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 • Any street-facing doors installed in the connector must be minimized in height and width and accessed by a secondary pathway. See guideline 4.1 for further information. Response – n/a. The addition is not taller than the historic building. A connecting element is proposed between the two story landmark and the garage. 10.10 Place an addition at the rear of a primary building or set it back substantially from the front to minimize the visual impact on the historic structure and to allow the original proportions and character to remain prominent. • Locating an addition at the front of a primary building is inappropriate. • Additions to the side of a primary building are handled on a case-by-case basis and are approved based on site specific constraints that restrict rear additions. • Additional floor area may also be located under the building in a basement which will not alter the exterior mass of a building. Response – The addition is located to the rear of the primary building and is significantly setback from the front façade. A full basement exists and is proposed to be enlarged. 10.11 Roof forms shall be compatible with the historic building. • A simple roof form that does not compete with the historic building is appropriate. • On Aspen Victorian properties, a flat roof may only be used on an addition to a gable roofed structure if the addition is entirely one story in height, or if the flat roofed areas are limited, but the addition is primarily a pitched roof. Response – Roof forms were approved during Conceptual Design Review. 10.12 Design an addition to a historic structure that does not destroy or obscure historically important architectural features. • Loss or alteration of architectural details, cornices, and eavelines must be avoided. Response – n/a. The addition does not obscure historically important features, but rather highlights and restores character defining features. 10.13 When constructing a rooftop addition, keep the mass and scale subordinate to that of the historic building. Response – n/a. 10.14 Set a rooftop addition back from the street facing façades to preserve the original profile of the historic resource. • Set the addition back from street facing façades a distance approximately equal to its height. Response – n/a. Page 28 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 10.15 The roof form of a rooftop addition must be in character with the historic building. Response – n/a. Accessibility, Architectural Lighting, Mechanical Equip., Service Areas 12.2 Original light fixtures must be maintained. When there is evidence as to the appearance of original fixtures that are no longer present, a replication is appropriate. 12.3 Exterior light fixtures should be simple in character. • The design of a new fixture should be appropriate in form, finish, and scale with the structure. • New fixtures should not reflect a different period of history than that of the affected building, or be associated with a different architectural style. • Lighting should be placed in a manner that is consistent with the period of the building, and should not provide a level of illumination that is out of character. • One light adjacent to each entry is appropriate on an Aspen Victorian residential structure. A recessed fixture, surface mounted light, pendant or sconce will be considered if suited to the building type or style. • On commercial structures and AspenModern properties, recessed lights and concealed lights are often most appropriate. Response – A lighting plan and fixtures are proposed as Exhibit M. Lighting is minimal and functional considering the owner’s desire to utilize outdoor space. 12.4 Minimize the visual impacts of utilitarian areas, such as mechanical equipment and trash storage. • Place mechanical equipment on the ground where it can be screened. • Mechanical equipment may only be mounted on a building on an alley façade. • Rooftop mechanical equipment or vents must be grouped together to minimize their visual impact. Where rooftop units are visible, it may be appropriate to provide screening with materials that are compatible with those of the building itself. Use the smallest, low profile units available for the purpose. • Window air conditioning units are not allowed. • Minimize the visual impacts of utility connections and service boxes. Group them in a discrete location. Use pedestals when possible, rather than mounting on a historic building. • Paint mechanical equipment in a neutral color to minimize their appearance by blending with their backgrounds • In general, mechanical equipment should be vented through the roof, rather than a wall, in a manner that has the least visual impact possible. • Avoid surface mounted conduit on historic structures. Page 29 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 Response – A mechanical room is located in the basement and mechanical equipment is consolidated in an enclosure located at the rear of the garage/addition. Venting is consolidated as much as possible and will continue to be consolidated as the project proceeds to construction documents for permit. We will work with Staff and monitor to minimize penetrations in the landmark beyond what is already shown in the drawing set. A.2 Setback Variations 26.415.110.C. Variations. Dimensional variations are allowed for projects involving designated properties to create development that is more consistent with the character of the historic property or district than what would be required by the underlying zoning's dimensional standards. 1. The HPC may grant variations of the Land Use Code for designated properties to allow: a) Development in the side, rear and front setbacks; b) Development that does not meet the minimum distance requirements between buildings; c) Up to five percent (5%) additional site coverage; d) Less public amenity than required for the on-site relocation of commercial historic properties. 2. In granting a variance, the HPC must make a finding that such a variance: a) Is similar to the pattern, features and character of the historic property or district; and/or b) Enhances or mitigates an adverse impact to the historic significance or architectural character of the historic property, an adjoining designated historic property or historic district. Response – A variation for the original location of the cabin is requested to allow undepinning of the resource and to allow the existing basement to be excavated a few feet deeper than current condition. The location of the cabin, roughly 0’ from property line, is shown on the Sanborn Maps as the historic condition. Criteria 2.a and 2.b are met in the variation request. Figure 6: 1889 Sanborn map showing location of cabin on property line between lots m and n. Page 30 of 208 Exhibit A Review Criteria 6.19.2020 A.3 Relocation 26.415.090. Relocation of designated historic properties. The intent of this Chapter is to preserve designated historic properties in their original locations as much of their significance is embodied in their setting and physical relationship to their surroundings as well as their association with events and people with ties to particular site. However, it is recognized that occasionally the relocation of a property may be appropriate as it provides an alternative to demolition or because it only has a limited impact on the attributes that make it significant. C. Standards for the relocation of designated properties. Relocation for a building, structure or object will be approved if it is determined that it meets any one of the following standards: 1. It is considered a noncontributing element of a historic district and its relocation will not affect the character of the historic district; or 2. It does not contribute to the overall character of the historic district or parcel on which it is located and its relocation will not have an adverse impact on the Historic District or property; or 3. The owner has obtained a certificate of economic hardship; or 4. The relocation activity is demonstrated to be an acceptable preservation method given the character and integrity of the building, structure or object and its move will not adversely affect the integrity of the Historic District in which it was originally located or diminish the historic, architectural or aesthetic relationships of adjacent designated properties; and Additionally, for approval to relocate all of the following criteria must be met: 1. It has been determined that the building, structure or object is capable of withstanding the physical impacts of relocation; 2. An appropriate receiving site has been identified; and 3. An acceptable plan has been submitted providing for the safe relocation, repair and preservation of the building, structure or object including the provision of the necessary financial security. Response - The resources are proposed to remain in their current locations, but the basement is proposed to be enlarged to accommodate more floor area below grade. The request for “relocation” is to temporarily underpin, and potentially temporarily lift the resources a few feet (this needs to be determined in the field), to excavate the deeper basements. Both resources will be placed back onto their original locations with the same relationship to grade. Page 31 of 208 Page 32 of 208 Page 33 of 208 Page 34 of 208 Page 35 of 208 PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE SUMMARY DATE: July 02, 2019 PLANNER: Sarah Yoon, 920.5144 PROJECT NAME AND ADDRESS: 234 West Francis Street – Major Development and Variations. PARCEL ID# 2735-124-17-003 REPRESENTATIVE: Sara Adams, BendonAdams, LLC DESCRIPTION: 234 West Francis is a designated historic landmark on a 9,000 sf corner lot in the R-6 zone district. This property contains a two-story Victorian era residence, a detached historic cabin to the west, and a Herbert Bayer fence that runs along the street-facing perimeter of the property. Large cottonwood trees surround the lot and a number of trees along the alley have been identified by Parks to remain. The applicant proposes to demolish non-historic additions, including the octagon addition, with the exception of the existing two car garage located in the north west corner of the property. A new addition with a connecting element is proposed, and the applicant would like to connect the existing separate subgrade spaces into a single basement. A floor area bonus and setback variations may be requested for this proposal. Conceptual Design review will consider mass, scale and site plan. At this meeting, HPC may also consider any setback variations or benefits, if requested by the applicant. Following Conceptual, HPC will inform City Council of their decision, allowing them the opportunity to “Call-Up” aspects of the approval. This is a standard practice for all significant projects. Final Design review will consider landscape, lighting and materials. HPC will use the Historic Preservation Design Guidelines and the Land Use Code Sections that are applicable to this project to assist with their determinations. RELEVANT LAND USE CODE SECTIONS: Section Number Section Title 26.304 Common Development Review Procedures 26.415.070.D Historic Preservation – Major Development 26.415.110 Historic Preservation – Benefits 26.575.020 Calculations and Measurements 26.610 Impact fees 26.710.040 Medium-Density Residential (R-6) For your convenience – links to the Land Use Application and Land Use Code are below: Land Use Application Land Use Code Historic Preservation Design Guidelines exhibit C Page 36 of 208 REVIEW BY: • Staff for completion and application content. • Historic Preservation Commission (HPC) for decision. REQUIRED LAND USE REVIEW(S): • Major Development Review (2-step process: Conceptual and Final), Setback Variations, Floor Area Bonus PUBLIC HEARING: • Yes NEIGHBORHOOD OUTREACH: • No PLANNING FEES: $1,950 deposit for six (6) hours of staff time. REFERRAL FEES: None. TOTAL DEPOSIT: $1,950 for Conceptual Review and $1,950 for Final Review (additional/lesser planning hours are billed/refunded at a rate of $325/hour). APPLICATION CHECKLIST – These items should first be submitted in a paper copy. Below is a list of submittal requirements for HPC Conceptual and Final reviews. For Conceptual review, all items other than those noted as Final review will need to be submitted. Final review will require all items listed below.  Completed Land Use Application and signed Fee Agreement.  Pre-application Conference Summary (this document).  Street address and legal description of the parcel on which development is proposed to occur, consisting of a current (no older than 6 months) certificate from a title insurance company, an ownership and encumbrance report, or attorney licensed to practice in the State of Colorado, listing the names of all owners of the property, and all mortgages, judgments, liens, easements, contracts and agreements affecting the parcel, and demonstrating the owner’s right to apply for the Development Application.  Applicant’s name, address and telephone number in a letter signed by the applicant that states the name, address and telephone number of the representative authorized to act on behalf of the applicant.  HOA Compliance form (Attached).  List of adjacent property owners within 300’ for public hearing.  An 8 1/2” by 11” vicinity map locating the parcel within the City of Aspen.  Site improvement survey including topography and vegetation showing the current status, certified by a registered land surveyor, licensed in the state of Colorado.  A written description of the proposal (scope of work) and written explanation of how the proposed development and any requests for variations or benefits complies with the review standards and design guidelines relevant to the application. Page 37 of 208  A proposed site plan.  Scaled drawings of all proposed structure(s) or addition(s) depicting their form, including their height, massing, scale, proportions and roof plan; and the primary features of all elevations. (Please provide graphics identifying preliminary selection of primary exterior building materials for Conceptual application.)  Supplemental materials to provide a visual description of the context surrounding the designated historic property including photographs and other exhibits, as needed, to accurately depict location and extent of proposed work. For Final Review, the following items will need to be submitted in addition to the items listed above:  At Final application only, drawings of the street facing facades must be provided at ¼” scale.  At Final application only, provide final selection of all exterior materials, and samples or clearly illustrated photographs. Samples are preferred for the presentation to HPC.  At Final application only, provide lighting plan and landscape plan. Once the application is deemed complete by staff, the following items will then need to be submitted:  Total deposit for review of the application.  A digital PDF copy of the complete application packet by email to sarah.yoon@cityofaspen.com.  12 sets of all graphics printed at 11x17 Disclaimer: The foregoing summary is advisory in nature only and is not binding on the City. The summary is based on current zoning, which is subject to change in the future, and upon factual representations that may or may not be accurate. The summary does not create a legal or vested right. Page 38 of 208 CITY OF ASPEN COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT November 2017 City of Aspen|130 S. Galena St.|(970) 920 50ϵ0 Agreement to Pay Application Fees An agreement between the City of Aspen (“City”) and I understand that the City has adopted, via Ordinance No. ϯ0, SerieƐ of 2017, review fees for Land Use applications and payment of these fees is a condition precedent to determining application completeness. I understand that as the property owner that I am responsible for paying all fees for this development application. For flat fees and referral fees: I agree to pay the following fees for the services indicated. I understand that these flat fees are non-refundable. $.___________flat fee for __________________. $.____________ flat fee for _____________________________ $.___________ flat fee for __________________. $._____________ flat fee for _____________________________ For Deposit cases only: The City and I understand that because of the size, nature or scope of the proposed project, it is not possible at this time to know the full extent or total costs involved in processing the application. I understand that addit ional costs over and above the deposit may accrue. I understand and agree that it is impracticable for City staff to complete processing, review and presentation of sufficient information to enable legally required findings to be made for project consideration, unless invoices are paid in full. The City and I understand and agree that invoices mailed by the City to the above listed billing address and not returned to the City shall be considered by the City as being received by me. I agree to remit payment within 30 days of presentation of an invoice by the City for such services. I have read, understood, and agree to the Land Use Review Fee Policy including consequences for no-payment. I agree to pay the following initial deposit amounts for the specified hours of staff time. I understand that payment of a deposit does not render and application complete or compliant with approval criteria. If actual recorded costs exceed the initial deposit, I agree to pay additional monthly billings to the City to reimburse the City for the processing of my application at the hourly rates hereinafter stated. $____1950________ deposit for____6_________ hours of Community Development Department staff time. Additional time above the deposit amount will be billed at $325.00 per hour. $________________ deposit for _____________ hours of Engineering Department staff time. Additional time above the deposit amount will be billed at $325.00 per hour. City of Aspen: ________________________________ Jessica Garrow, AICP Community Development Director ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵre͗ ______________________________________ͺͺͺ City Use: Fees Due: $_______Received $_______ ĂƐĞη___________________________ WůĞĂƐĞƚǇƉĞŽƌƉƌŝŶƚŝŶĂůůĐĂƉƐ ĚĚreƐƐ oĨ WroƉerƚǇ͗ ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺWroƉerƚǇ KǁŶer NĂme͗ ͺͺ ZeƉreƐeŶƚĂƚŝve NĂme ;ŝĨ ĚŝĨĨereŶƚ Ĩrom WroƉerƚǇ KǁŶerͿͺ BendonAdamsͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ ŝůůŝŶŐ NĂme ĂŶĚ ĚĚreƐƐ Ͳ ^eŶĚ ŝůůƐ ƚo͗ ͺͺ Steve Ells 40 5th Avenue, New York, NY 10011ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ oŶƚĂĐƚ ŝŶĨo Ĩor bŝůůŝŶŐ͗ eͲmĂŝů͗ ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ WŚoŶe͗ ͺ ͺ ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ WZ/Nd Name: Title: 234 :est )rancis 6treet 234 :est )rancis //C sara@selldorf.com 212-219-9571 exhibit D Page 39 of 208 November 2017 City of Aspen|130 S. Galena St.|(970) 920 5090 CITY OF ASPEN COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT LAND USE APPLICATION Project Name and Address:_________________________________________________________________________ Parcel ID # (REQUIRED) _____________________________ APPLICANT: Name: ______________________________________________________________________________________________ Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________________ Phone #: ___________________________ email: __________________________________ REPRESENTIVATIVE: Name: _________________________________________________________________________________________________ Address:________________________________________________________________________________________________ Phone#: _____________________________ email:___________________________________ Description: Existing and Proposed Conditions Review: HPC - final Have you included the following?FEES DUE: $ ______________ Pre-Application Conference Summary Signed Fee Agreement HOA Compliance form All items listed in checklist on PreApplication Conference Summary Required Land Use Review(s): Growth Management Quota System (GMQS) required fields: Net Leasable square footage _________ Lodge Pillows______ Free Market dwelling units ______ Affordable Housing dwelling units_____ Essential Public Facility square footage ________ n/a 1,975 xxxx exhibit E Major Development- Final HP Review The 9,000 sf property contains 2 designated historic landmarks. The primary two story landmark has non-historic additions at the rear that sit within setbacks. The one story carriage house landmark has numerous exterior alterations, sits within setbacks, and is designated as a voluntary deed restricted ADU. Both buildings have full basements. Remove non-historic addition and replace with a new addition that meets the HP design guidelines. The garage will remain in its current location and will be reduced to one story in height. Alterations will be removed from the exterior of the carriage house. The ADU is approved to be removed as noted in exhibit K. Page 40 of 208 City of Aspen Community Development Department Aspen Historic Preservation Land Use Packet City of Aspen|130 S. Galena Street.| (970) 920 5090 Historic Land Use Application Requirements, Updated: March 2016 ATTACHMENT 3 - Dimensional Requirements Form (Item #10 on the submittal requirements key. Not necessary for all projects.) Project: Applicant: Project Location: Zone District: Lot Size: Lot Area: (For the purposes of calculating Floor Area, Lot Area may be reduced for areas within the high water mark, easements, and steep slopes. Please refer to the definition of Lot Area in the Municipal Code.) Commercial net leasable: Existing:__________Proposed:_________________ Number of residential units: Existing:__________Proposed:_________________ Proposed % of demolition: __________ DIMENSIONS: (write N/A where no requirement exists in the zone district) Floor Area: Height Existing:_________Allowable:__________Proposed:________ Principal Bldg.: Existing:_________Allowable:__________Proposed:________ Accessory Bldg.: Existing:_________Allowable:__________Proposed:________ On-Site parking: Existing:_________Required:___________Proposed:________ % Site coverage: Existing:_________Required:___________Proposed:________ % Open Space: _____Existing: ______Required:___________Proposed:_ _____ Front Setback: Existing:_________Required:___________Proposed:________ Rear Setback: Existing: Required:___________Proposed:_______ Combined Front/Rear: Indicate N, S, E, W Existing:_________Required:___________Proposed:________ Side Setback: Existing:________Required:___________Proposed:________ Side Setback: Existing:_________Required:___________Proposed: ____ Combined Sides: Existing:_________Required:___________Proposed:____ Distance between buildings: Existing:_________Required:___________Proposed:________ 234 WEST FRANCIS ST. LOTS K, L, M, BLOCK 48 9000 SF 3594.5 SF 3660 SF / 4160 SF W/ BONUS 4129 SF 2 10'-0" / 15'-0" 20'-11" / 28'-11" 20'-11" / 28'-11" 23'-3"17'-6" 30'-0"7'5"0' E W 0' maintain existing cabin variation and dig deeper 10'-0" Existing non-conformities or encroachments and note if encroachment licenses have been issued: __ _ __________________________________________________________________________Existing garage encroaches on side yard and rear yard setbacks; Historic structures encroach on both side yard setbacks_______________________________________________________________________ Variations requested (identify the exact variances needed): ______________________________ ___________________ _______________________________________________ ___All variations were granted at conceptual review with the exception of the deeper basement beneath the cabin and the east side yard variation for the existing (original) cabin location._________ 2 29% 2 1 44.8% 25'-0"26'-6" no change no change 17'-9"25'-0" 1'-4" GARAGE 40% MAX 33.3% 2 10'-0" / 5'-0" GARAGE 5'" GARAGE & Basement 234 WEST FRANCIS LLC, represented by BendonAdams and Selldorf Architects 0' 0'10'-0" basement beneath cabin. 7'- 5" 38'- 6'25'-0"49'-9" 10'-0" R-6 9,000 SF n/a variations for basement living space (5') and west side yard variation for addition/garage (7'5") and combined side yards. n/a [carriage house] Page 41 of 208 234 West Francis LLC sara@selldorf.com 234 West Francis Street, Aspen CO 81611 exhibit F Page 42 of 208 300 SO SPRING ST | 202 | ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 | BENDONADAMS.COM June 21, 2019 Jessica Garrow, AICP Community Development Director City of Aspen 130 So. Galena St. Aspen, Colorado 81611 RE: 234 West Francis Street, Aspen, CO. Ms. Garrow: Please accept this letter authorizing BendonAdams LLC to represent our ownership interests in 234 West Francis Street and act on our behalf on matters reasonably associated in securing land use approvals for the property. If there are any questions about the foregoing or if I can assist, please do not hesitate to contact me. Property – 234 West Francis Street, Aspen, CO 81611 Legal Description – Block 48, Lots K, L, M, city and townsite of Aspen, Colorado Parcel ID – 2735-124-17-003 Owner – 234 West Francis LLC Kind Regards, 234 West Francis LLC Steve Ells 40 5th Avenue New York, NY 10174 exhibit G Page 43 of 208 Stewart Title Company 620 E Hopkins Ave Aspen, CO 81611 Date: June 20, 2019 File Number: 461120 Property Address:234 W Francis Street, Aspen, CO 81611 Buyer/Borrower:To Be Determined Please direct all Title inquiries to: Kurt Beereboom Phone: (970) 925-3577 Fax: (866) 277-9353 Email Address: Kurt.Beereboom@stewart.com Please direct all Closing inquiries to: Julie Morrah Phone: (970) 925-3577 Fax: (866) 277-9353 Email Address: julie.morrah@stewart.com To Be Determined Delivery Method: Emailed 234 West Francis LLC, a Delaware limited liability company Delivery Method: Emailed Attn:Chris Souki Phone:(970) 925-7000 Fax: Coldwell Banker Mason Morse Real Estate 514 E Hyman Ave Aspen, CO 81611 E-Mail:c.souki@gmail.com Delivery Method: Emailed Attn:Allison Goldberg Phone: Fax: Coldwell Banker Mason Morse Real Estate 514 E Hyman Ave Aspen, CO 81611 E-Mail:agoldberg@masonmorse.com Delivery Method: Emailed WIRED FUNDS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL CASH PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS. PLEASE FEEL FREE TO CONTACT THE ESCROW OFFICE AS NOTED ABOVE. We Appreciate Your Business and Look Forward to Serving You in the Future. exhibit H Page 44 of 208 This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 Page 1 of 3 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY NOTICE IMPORTANT - READ CAREFULLY: THIS COMMITMENT IS AN OFFER TO ISSUE ONE OR MORE TITLE INSURANCE POLICIES. ALL CLAIMS OR REMEDIES SOUGHT AGAINST THE COMPANY INVOLVING THE CONTENT OF THIS COMMITMENT OR THE POLICY MUST BE BASED SOLELY IN CONTRACT. THIS COMMITMENT IS NOT AN ABSTRACT OF TITLE, REPORT OF THE CONDITION OF TITLE, LEGAL OPINION, OPINION OF TITLE, OR OTHER REPRESENTATION OF THE STATUS OF TITLE. THE PROCEDURES USED BY THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE INSURABILITY OF THE TITLE, INCLUDING ANY SEARCH AND EXAMINATION, ARE PROPRIETARY TO THE COMPANY, WERE PERFORMED SOLELY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY, AND CREATE NO EXTRACONTRACTUAL LIABILITY TO ANY PERSON, INCLUDING A PROPOSED INSURED. THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION UNDER THIS COMMITMENT IS TO ISSUE A POLICY TO A PROPOSED INSURED IDENTIFIED IN SCHEDULE A IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS COMMITMENT. THE COMPANY HAS NO LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION INVOLVING THE CONTENT OF THIS COMMITMENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON. COMMITMENT TO ISSUE POLICY Subject to the Notice; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and the Commitment Conditions, STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY, a Texas corporation (the “Company”), commits to issue the Policy according to the terms and provisions of this Commitment. This Commitment is effective as of the Commitment Date shown in Schedule A for each Policy described in Schedule A, only when the Company has entered in Schedule A both the specified dollar amount as the Proposed Policy Amount and the name of the Proposed Insured. If all of the Schedule B, Part I - Requirements have not been met within six months after the Commitment Date, this Commitment terminates and the Company’s liability and obligation end. Stewart Title Company 620 E Hopkins Ave Aspen, CO 81611 For purposes of this form the “Stewart Title” logo featured above is the represented logo for the underwriter, Stewart Title Guaranty Company. Page 45 of 208 This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 Page 2 of 3 COMMITMENT CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS (a) “Knowledge” or “Known”: Actual or imputed knowledge, but not constructive notice imparted by the Public Records. (b) “Land”: The land described in Schedule A and affixed improvements that by law constitute real property. The term “Land” does not include any property beyond the lines of the area described in Schedule A, nor any right, title, interest, estate, or easement in abutting streets, roads, avenues, alleys, lanes, ways, or waterways, but this does not modify or limit the extent that a right of access to and from the Land is to be insured by the Policy. (c) “Mortgage”: A mortgage, deed of trust, or other security instrument, including one evidenced by electronic means authorized by law. (d) “Policy”: Each contract of title insurance, in a form adopted by the American Land Title Association, issued or to be issued by the Company pursuant to this Commitment. (e) “Proposed Insured”: Each person identified in Schedule A as the Proposed Insured of each Policy to be issued pursuant to this Commitment. (f) “Proposed Policy Amount”: Each dollar amount specified in Schedule A as the Proposed Policy Amount of each Policy to be issued pursuant to this Commitment. (g) “Public Records”: Records established under state statutes at the Commitment Date for the purpose of imparting constructive notice of matters relating to real property to purchasers for value and without Knowledge. (h) “Title”: The estate or interest described in Schedule A. 2.If all of the Schedule B, Part I - Requirements have not been met within the time period specified in the Commitment to Issue Policy, this Commitment terminates and the Company’s liability and obligation end. 3.The Company’s liability and obligation is limited by and this Commitment is not valid without: (a) the Notice; (b) the Commitment to Issue Policy; (c) the Commitment Conditions; (d) Schedule A; (e) Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; (f) Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and (g) a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. 4. COMPANY’S RIGHT TO AMEND The Company may amend this Commitment at any time. If the Company amends this Commitment to add a defect, lien, encumbrance, adverse claim, or other matter recorded in the Public Records prior to the Commitment Date, any liability of the Company is limited by Commitment Condition 5. The Company shall not be liable for any other amendment to this Commitment. 5. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (a) The Company’s liability under Commitment Condition 4 is limited to the Proposed Insured’s actual expense incurred in the interval between the Company’s delivery to the Proposed Insured of the Commitment and the delivery of the amended Commitment, resulting from the Proposed Insured’s good faith reliance to: (i) comply with the Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; (ii) eliminate, with the Company’s written consent, any Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; or (iii) acquire the Title or create the Mortgage covered by this Commitment. (b) The Company shall not be liable under Commitment Condition 5(a) if the Proposed Insured requested the amendment or had Knowledge of the matter and did not notify the Company about it in writing. (c) The Company will only have liability under Commitment Condition 4 if the Proposed Insured would not have incurred the expense had the Commitment included the added matter when the Commitment was first delivered to the Proposed Insured. Page 46 of 208 This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 Page 3 of 3 (d) The Company’s liability shall not exceed the lesser of the Proposed Insured’s actual expense incurred in good faith and described in Commitment Conditions 5(a)(i) through 5(a)(iii) or the Proposed Policy Amount. (e) The Company shall not be liable for the content of the Transaction Identification Data, if any. (f) In no event shall the Company be obligated to issue the Policy referred to in this Commitment unless all of the Schedule B, Part I - Requirements have been met to the satisfaction of the Company. (g) In any event, the Company’s liability is limited by the terms and provisions of the Policy. 6. LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY MUST BE BASED ON THIS COMMITMENT (a) Only a Proposed Insured identified in Schedule A, and no other person, may make a claim under this Commitment. (b) Any claim must be based in contract and must be restricted solely to the terms and provisions of this Commitment. (c) Until the Policy is issued, this Commitment, as last revised, is the exclusive and entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Commitment and supersedes all prior commitment negotiations, representations, and proposals of any kind, whether written or oral, express or implied, relating to the subject matter of this Commitment. (d) The deletion or modification of any Schedule B, Part II - Exception does not constitute an agreement or obligation to provide coverage beyond the terms and provisions of this Commitment or the Policy. (e) Any amendment or endorsement to this Commitment must be in writing and authenticated by a person authorized by the Company. (f) When the Policy is issued, all liability and obligation under this Commitment will end and the Company’s only liability will be under the Policy. 7. IF THIS COMMITMENT HAS BEEN ISSUED BY AN ISSUING AGENT The issuing agent is the Company’s agent only for the limited purpose of issuing title insurance commitments and policies. The issuing agent is not the Company’s agent for the purpose of providing closing or settlement services. 8. PRO-FORMA POLICY The Company may provide, at the request of a Proposed Insured, a pro-forma policy illustrating the coverage that the Company may provide. A pro-forma policy neither reflects the status of Title at the time that the pro-forma policy is delivered to a Proposed Insured, nor is it a commitment to insure. 9. ARBITRATION The Policy contains an arbitration clause. All arbitrable matters when the Proposed Policy Amount is $2,000,000 or less shall be arbitrated at the option of either the Company or the Proposed Insured as the exclusive remedy of the parties. A Proposed Insured may review a copy of the arbitration rules at <http://www.alta.org/arbitration>. STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY All notices required to be given the Company and any statement in writing required to be furnished the Company shall be addressed to it at P.O. Box 2029, Houston, Texas 77252-2029. Page 47 of 208 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE SCHEDULE A ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 (4-2-18) Page 1 of 6 Transaction Identification Data for reference only: Issuing Agent:Stewart Title Company Issuing Office:620 E Hopkins Ave, Aspen, CO 81611 Issuing Office’s ALTA® Registry ID: Loan ID Number: Commitment Number:461120 Issuing Office File Number:461120 Property Address:234 W Francis Street, Aspen, CO 81611 Revision Number: 1. Commitment Date: June 7, 2019 at 8:00AM 2. Policy to be issued:Proposed Policy Amount (a) ALTA Owner’s Standard Proposed Insured: To Be Determined (b) ALTA Loan Standard Proposed Insured: 3. The estate or interest in the Land described or referred to in this Commitment is: FEE SIMPLE 4. The Title is, at the Commitment Date, vested in: 234 West Francis LLC, a Delaware limited liability company 5. The Land is described as follows: See Exhibit “A” Attached Hereto Page 48 of 208 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE EXHIBIT “A” LEGAL DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 (4-2-18) Page 2 of 6 File No.: 461120 Lots K, L and M, Block 48, CITY AND TOWNSITE OF ASPEN, County of Pitkin, State of Colorado. Page 49 of 208 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE SCHEDULE B PART I ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 (4-2-18) Page 3 of 6 File No.: 461120 Requirements All of the following Requirements must be met: 1. The Proposed Insured must notify the Company in writing of the name of any party not referred to in this Commitment who will obtain an interest in the Land or who will make a loan on the Land. The Company may then make additional Requirements or Exceptions. 2. Pay the agreed amount for the estate or interest to be insured. 3. Pay the premiums, fees, and charges for the Policy to the Company. 4. Documents satisfactory to the Company that convey the Title or create the Mortgage to be insured, or both, must be properly authorized, executed, delivered, and recorded in the Public Records. 5. Payment to or for the account of the grantor(s) or mortgagor(s) of the full consideration for the estate or interest to be insured. 6. Proper instrument(s) creating the estate or interest to be insured must be executed and duly filed for record. 7. Evidence satisfactory to Stewart Title Guaranty Company of payment of all outstanding taxes and assessments as certified by the County Treasurer. 8. Execution of Affidavit as to Debts and Liens and its return to Stewart Title Guaranty Company. NOTE: If work has been performed on, or in connection with, the subject property (architectural drawings, soils testing, foundation work, installation of materials), please notify the Company's escrow officer within 10 days of receipt of this title commitment. 9. Payment of any and all Homeowners assessments and expenses which may be assessed to the property. 10. Execution of an acceptable survey affidavit certifying that there have been no new improvements constructed or major structural changes made on the subject property. NOTE: If improvements have been made on, or in connection with, the subject property, please notify the Company's escrow officer within 10 days of receipt of this title commitment. 11. Relating to 234 West Francis LLC, The Company requires for its review the following: a) Copy of the "Articles of Organization," the Operating Agreement and the regulations of the limited liability company and any amendments thereof b) A certificate of good standing, evidencing that the company is in good standing in the state of its formation c) Execution and recordation of Statement of Authority pursuant to the provisions of Section 38-30- Page 50 of 208 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE SCHEDULE B PART I ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 (4-2-18) Page 4 of 6 172 C.R.S. Note: At the time the Company is furnished these items, the Company may make additional requirements or exceptions. 12. Deed from vested owner(s) vesting fee simple title in the purchaser(s). NOTE: Notation of the legal address of the grantee must appear on the deed as per 1976 amendment to statute on recording of deeds CRS 38-35-109 (2). 13. NOTE: The vesting deed is shown as follows: Warranty Deed recorded May 22, 2019, as Reception No. 656074. NOTE: This product is for informational purposes only. It is not a title insurance product and does not provide any form of coverage. This product is not a guarantee or assurance and does not warrant, or otherwise insure any condition, fact or circumstance. This product does not obligate this Company to issue any policies of title insurance for any subsequent transaction based on the information provided or involving the property described herein. This Company's sole liability for any error(s) relating to this product is limited to the amount that was paid for this product. Page 51 of 208 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE SCHEDULE B PART II ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 (4-2-18) Page 5 of 6 Exceptions File No.: 461120 THIS COMMITMENT DOES NOT REPUBLISH ANY COVENANT, CONDITION, RESTRICTION, OR LIMITATION CONTAINED IN ANY DOCUMENT REFERRED TO IN THIS COMMITMENT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SPECIFIC COVENANT, CONDITION, RESTRICTION, OR LIMITATION VIOLATES STATE OR FEDERAL LAW BASED ON RACE, COLOR, RELIGION, SEX, SEXUAL ORIENTATION, GENDER IDENTITY, HANDICAP, FAMILIAL STATUS, OR NATIONAL ORIGIN. The Policy will not insure against loss or damage resulting from the terms and provisions of any lease or easement identified in Schedule A, and will include the following Exceptions unless cleared to the satisfaction of the Company: 1. Any defect, lien, encumbrance, adverse claim, or other matter that appears for the first time in the Public Records or is created, attaches, or is disclosed between the Commitment Date and the date on which all of the Schedule B, Part I - Requirements are met. 2. Rights or claims of parties in possession, not shown by the public records. 3. Easements, or claims of easements, not shown by the public records. 4. Any encroachment, encumbrance, violation, variation, or adverse circumstance affecting the title that would be disclosed by an accurate and complete land survey of the Land and not shown by the public records. 5. Any lien, or right to a lien, for services, labor or material heretofore or hereafter furnished, imposed by law and not shown by the public records. 6. (a) Unpatented mining claims; (b) reservations or exceptions in patents or in Acts authorizing the issuance thereof; (c) Minerals of whatsoever kind, subsurface and surface substances, in, on, under and that may be produced from the Land, together with all rights, privileges, and immunities relating thereto, whether or not the matters excepted under (a), (b) or (c) are shown by the Public Records or listed in Schedule B. 7. Water rights, claims or title to water. 8. Any and all unpaid taxes and assessments and any unredeemed tax sales. 9. The effect of inclusions in any general or specific water conservancy, fire protection, soil conservation or other district or inclusion in any water service or street improvement area 10. Reservations and Exceptions as set forth in the Deed from the City of Aspen recorded November 10, 1887 in Book 59 at Page 85 providing as follows: "That no title shall be hereby acquired to any mine of gold, silver , cinnabar or copper or to any valid mining claim or possession held under existing laws. Page 52 of 208 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE SCHEDULE B PART II ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 (4-2-18) Page 6 of 6 11. Reservations and Exceptions as set forth in the Deed from the City of Aspen recorded December 5, 1887 in Book 59 at Page 122 providing as follows: "That no title shall be hereby acquired to any mine of gold, silver , cinnabar or copper or to any valid mining claim or possession held under existing laws. 12. Accessory Dwelling Unit Deed Restriction recorded July 7, 1993 in Book 717 at Page 197 as Reception No. 358580 and re-recorded October 20, 1993 in Book 727 at Page 572 as Reception No. 362262. 13. Curb and Gutter Improvement Agreement recorded May 12, 1994 in Book 750 at Page 360 as Reception No. 369976 and recorded September 13, 1999 as Reception No. 435425. 14. Resolution No. 27, Series of 1999 recorded June 21, 1999 as Reception No. 432431. 15. Any rights, easements, interests or claims that may exist by reason of or reflected by the following facts shown on the survey dated 4/9/2019 by Tuttle Surveying Services, Job No. 19056: Portion of Brick Walks, Concrete Pad and Chimney located outside of property boundary. Encroachment of fences along the Western and Northern boundary into right of way for N 2nd Street and Alley and encroachment of Fence into adjacent Lot along Eastern boundary 16. Lease-back Lease between 234 West Francis LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Lessor and Francis and Second Street LLC, as Lessee. NOTE: Exceptions 2 and 5 may be deleted from the policies, provided the seller and buyer execute the Company's affidavits, as required herein, and the Company approves such deletions. If work has been performed on, or in connection with, the subject property (architectural drawings, soils testing, foundation work, installation of materials), and the Company has not reviewed and approved lien waivers and indemnitor financials, Standard Exception 5 (mechanic lien exception) will not be deleted and no mechanic lien coverage will be furnished. Exceptions 3 and 4 may be deleted from the policies, provided the Company receives and approves the survey or survey affidavit if required herein. Exception 1 will not appear on the policies, provided the Company, or its authorized agent, conducts the closing of the proposed transaction and is responsible for the recordation of the documents. Page 53 of 208 ALTA COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE ISSUED BY STEWART TITLE GUARANTY COMPANY This page is only a part of a 2016 ALTA® Commitment for Title Insurance. This Commitment is not valid without the Notice; the Commitment to Issue Policy; the Commitment Conditions; Schedule A; Schedule B, Part I - Requirements; and Schedule B, Part II - Exceptions; and a countersignature by the Company or its issuing agent that may be in electronic form. Copyright 2006-2016 American Land Title Association. All rights reserved. The use of this Form (or any derivative thereof) is restricted to ALTA licensees and ALTA members in good standing as of the date of use. All other uses are prohibited. Reprinted under license from the American Land Title Association. File No.: 461120 ALTA Commitment For Title Insurance 8-1-16 File No.: 461120 STATEMENT OF CHARGES These charges are due and payable before a policy can be issued: TBD Rate 2006 Owner's Policy: $0.00 Owner's Extended Coverage: $65.00 Tax Certificate:$25.00 Page 54 of 208 DISCLOSURES File No.: 461120 Pursuant to C.R.S. 10-11-122, notice is hereby given that: A.THE SUBJECT REAL PROPERTY MAY BE LOCATED IN A SPECIAL TAXING DISTRICT; B.A CERTIFICATE OF TAXES DUE LISTING EACH TAXING JURISDICTION SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE COUNTY TREASURER OR THE COUNTY TREASURER’S AUTHORIZED AGENT; C.INFORMATION REGARDING SPECIAL DISTRICTS AND THE BOUNDARIES OF SUCH DISTRICTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, THE COUNTY CLERK AND RECORDER, OR THE COUNTY ASSESSOR Note: Colorado Division of Insurance Regulations 8-1-2, Section 5, Paragraph G requires that “Every title entity shall be responsible for all matters which appear of record prior to the time of recording whenever the title entity conducts the closing and is responsible for recording or filing of legal documents resulting from the transaction which was closed.” Provided that Stewart Title Company conducts the closing of the insured transaction and is responsible for recording the legal documents from the transaction, exception number 1 will not appear on the Owner’s Title Policy and the Lender’s Title Pol icy when issue d. Note: Affirmative Mechanic’s Lien Protection for the Owner may be available (typically by deletion of Exception No. 4 of Schedule B, Section 2 of the Commitment from the Owner’s Policy to be issued) upon compliance with the following conditions: A.The land described in Schedule A of this commitment must be a single-family residence, which includes a condominium or townhouse unit. B.No labor or materials have been furnished by mechanics or materialmen for purposes of construction on the land described in Schedule A of this Commitment within the past 6 months. C.The Company must receive an appropriate affidavit indemnifying the Company against unfiled Mechanic’s and Materialmen’s Liens. D.The Company must receive payment of the appropriate premium. E.If there has been construction, improvements or major repairs undertaken on the property to be purchased, within six months prior to the Date of the Commitment, the requirements to obtain coverage for unrecorded liens will include: disclosure of certain construction information; financial information as to the seller, the builder and/or the contractor; payment of the appropriate premium; fully executed Indemnity agreements satisfactory to the company; and, any additional requirements as may be necessary after an examination of the aforesaid information by the Company. No coverage will be given under any circumstances for labor or material for which the insured has contracted for or agreed to pay. To comply with the provisions of C.R.S. 10-11-123, the Company makes the following disclosure: a.That there is recorded evidence that a mineral estate has been severed, leased or otherwise conveyed from the surface estate and that there is a substantial likelihood that a third party holds some or all interest in oil, gas, other minerals, or geothermal energy in the property; and b.That such mineral estate may include the right to enter and use the property without the surface owner’s permission. NOTE: THIS DISCLOSURE APPLIES ONLY IF SCHEDULE B, SECTION 2 OF THE TITLE COMMITMENT HEREIN INCLUDES AN EXCEPTION FOR SEVERED MINERALS. Notice of Availability of a Closing Protection Letter: Pursuant to Colorado Division of Insurance Regulation 8-1-3, Section 5, Paragraph C (11)(f), a closing protection letter is available to the consumer. NOTHING HEREIN CONTAINED WILL BE DEEMED TO OBLIGATE THE COMPANY TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE COVERAGES REFERRED TO HEREIN, UNLESS THE ABOVE CONDITIONS ARE FULLY SATISFIED. Page 55 of 208 File No.: 461120 Revised 11-19-2013 Stewart Title Guaranty Company Privacy Notice Stewart Title Companies WHAT DO THE STEWART TITLE COMPANIES DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION? Federal and applicable state law and regulations give consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal and applicable state law regulations also require us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand how we use your personal information. This privacy notice is distributed on behalf of the Stewart Title Guaranty Company and its title affiliates (the Stewart Title Companies), pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA). The types of personal information we collect and share depend on the product or service that you have sought through us. This information can include social security numbers and driver's license number. All financial companies, such as the Stewart Title Companies, need to share customers' personal information to run their everyday business—to process transactions and maintain customer accounts. In the section below, we list the reasons that we can share customers' personal information; the reasons that we choose to share; and whether you can limit this sharing. Reasons we can share your personal information.Do we share Can you limit this sharing? For our everyday business purposes— to process your transactions and maintain your account. This may include running the business and managing customer accounts, such as processing transactions, mailing, and auditing services, and responding to court orders and legal investigations. Yes No For our marketing purposes— to offer our products and services to you. Yes No For joint marketing with other financial companies No We don't share For our affiliates' everyday business purposes— information about your transactions and experiences. Affiliates are companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and non-financial companies. Our affiliates may include companies with a Stewart name; financial companies, such as Stewart Title Company Yes No For our affiliates' everyday business purposes— information about your creditworthiness.No We don't share For our affiliates to market to you — For your convenience, Stewart has developed a means for you to opt out from its affiliates marketing even though such mechanism is not legally required. Yes Yes, send your first and last name, the email address used in your transaction, your Stewart file number and the Stewart office location that is handling your transaction by email to optout@stewart.com or fax to 1-800-335-9591. For non-affiliates to market to you. Non-affiliates are companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and non-financial companies. No We don't share We may disclose your personal information to our affiliates or to non-affiliates as permitted by law. If you request a transaction with a non-affiliate, such as a third party insurance company, we will disclose your personal information to that non-affiliate. [We do not control their subsequent use of information, and suggest you refer to their privacy notices.] SHARING PRACTICES How often do the Stewart Title Companies notify me about their practices? We must notify you about our sharing practices when you request a transaction. How do the Stewart Title Companies protect my personal information? To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer, file, and building safeguards. How do the Stewart Title Companies collect my personal information? We collect your personal information, for example, when you ·request insurance-related services ·provide such information to us We also collect your personal information from others, such as the real estate agent or lender involved in your transaction, credit reporting agencies, affiliates or other companies. What sharing can I limit?Although federal and state law give you the right to limit sharing (e.g., opt out) in certain instances, we do not share your personal information in those instances. Contact us: If you have any questions about this privacy notice, please contact us at: Stewart Title Guaranty Company, 1360 Post Oak Blvd., Ste. 100, Privacy Officer, Houston, Texas 77056 Page 56 of 208 314 302 320 304 300 234 201 224 220 200 235 215 202 210 212 232234 215 225 229 426 303 307 306 310 323 420 423 426 315 234 W Francis St - vicinity map Historic Sites Parcel Boundary 8/6/2019, 12:52:42 PM 0 0.01 0.020.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,128 CityofAspenGIS; City of Aspen Community Development | The CityofAspen GIS Department presents the information on this website as a service to the public. Every effort has been made to ensure W Franc i s S t r e e t N S e c o n d S t r e e t exhibit I Page 57 of 208 Pitkin County Mailing List of 300 Feet Radius Pitkin County GIS presents the information and data on this web site as a service to the public. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information and data contained in this electronic system is accurate, but the accuracy may change. Mineral estate ownership is not included in this mailing list. Pitkin County does not maintain a database of mineral estate owners. Pitkin County GIS makes no warranty or guarantee concerning the completeness, accuracy, or reliability of the content at this site or at other sites to which we link. Assessing accuracy and reliability of information and data is the sole responsibility of the user. The user understands he or she is solely responsible and liable for use, modification, or distribution of any information or data obtained on this web site. This document contains a Mailing List formatted to be printed on Avery 5160 Labels. If printing, DO NOT "fit to page" or "shrink oversized pages." This will manipulate the margins such that they no longer line up on the labels sheet. Print actual size. From Parcel: 273512417003 on 02/28/2020 Instructions: Disclaimer: http://www.pitkinmapsandmore.com Page 58 of 208 SEWELL CARL & PEGGY DALLAS, TX 75220 3860 W NORTHWEST HWY #102 201 WEST SMUGGLER LLC HOUSTON , TX 77056 2121 SAGE RD #333 SIERRA ADVISORS LP HOUSTON, TX 77024 333 LITTLE JOHN LN SMUGGLER FB3 LLC NAPLES, FL 34106 PO BOX 2097 CMML PROPERTIES LLC NEW YORK, NY 10022 120 E 56TH ST #320 229 WEST SMUGGLER LLC DALLAS, TX 75205 3509 CRESCENT AVE 234 W HALLAM/302 N 2ND ASSOC ASPEN, CO 81611 COMMON AREA 234 W HALLAM AVE BARNHART PAUL F JR HOUSTON, TX 77056 2121 SAGE RD #333 SCHERMER GREGORY P & GRANT E ASPEN, CO 81611-1347 210 LAKE AVE ARGON LLC ASPEN, CO 81611 533 E HOPKINS AVE 3RD FL WEST SMUGGLER CONDO ASSOC ASPEN, CO 81611 COMMON AREA 322 W SMUGGLER FULLERTON JESSICA RES TRST ASPEN, CO 81611 306 W FRANCIS ST DILLON DEE E MISSION HILLS, KS 66208 5910 OAKWOOD RD ALLEN ASPEN RES TRUST HOUSTON, TX 77027 4545 POST OAK PL #101 SHADOW PROPERTY LLC ASPEN, CO 81611 302 N 2ND ST 210 WEST FRANCIS LLC NAPLES, FL 34102 255 13TH AVE S #202 426 NORTH SECOND LLC DALLAS, TX 75205 3509 CRESCENT AVE SECOND AND SMUGGLER CONDO ASSOC ASEPN, CO 81611 COMMON AREA 426 N SECOND ST 212 WEST FRANCIS LLC NAPLES, FL 34102 255 13TH AVE SOUTH #202 ASPEN RIVER RENDEZVOUS LLC GARDEN CITY, NY 11530 PO BOX 7138 PEARLSTONE ESTHER S ASPEN, CO 81612 PO BOX 8750 WINTON CHARLES & BARBARA REV TRUST BERKELEY, CA 94705 2949 AVALON AVE 326 WEST SMUGGLER LLC CHARLOTTE, NC 28202 500 E MOORHEAD ST #200 LEWIS JONATHAN D TRUST ASPEN, CO 81611 414 N FIRST ST SCHERMER LLOYD G & BETTY A ASPEN, CO 81611-1347 210 LAKE AVE MELVIN JAMES R JR & ISABEL ASPEN, CO 81611 304 W HALLAM AVE BERMAN RONALD REV TRUST CHICAGO, IL 60606 27 N WACKER DR #518 ASPEN DRAGONFLY PARTNERS LLC NEW YORK, NY 10019 250 W 55TH ST 37TH FL HANSON LUCY C PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 1775 FIR ST FULLERTON TRUST ASPEN, CO 81611 306 W FRANCIS ST Page 59 of 208 BEASPEN LLC SAN PEDRO GARZA GARCIA NL 66260 MEXICO, AVE LAZARO CARDENAS 2400 A43 WEST HALLAM LLC FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 333232861 1401 NW 136TH AVE #400 LAKE 206 LLC BEVERLY HILLS, CA 90212 PO BOX 3337 PHILLIPPE THOMAS E JR & SUSAN MARIE ASPEN, CO 81611-1356 225 W SMUGGLER ST VICENZI GEORGE A TRUST ASPEN, CO 81612 PO BOX 2238 VIBA LLC ASPEN, CO 81612 PO BOX I-3 MOORE DIANE ASPEN, CO 81611 303 W FRANCIS FABRY FAMILY TRUST ALBUQUERQUE , NM 87114 7910 RANCHO ROBERTO RD NW CONNER MELINDA M TRUST LOS ANGELES, CA 90025 11100 SANTA MONICA BLVD #1700 322 SMUGGLER LLC TULSA, OK 74136 6120 S YALE AVE #813 SAX JOEL ASPEN, CO 81611 303 W FRANCIS ST FULLERTON JOHN RES TRST ASPEN, CO 81611 306 W FRANCIS ST KINNEY FAMILY LP ASPEN, CO 81611 307 W FRANCIS ST CONOVER CATHRINE M WASHINGTON, DC 20007 1010 WISCONSIN AVE NW #550 ASPEN VALENTINE LLC NEW YORK, NY 10022 600 MADISON AVE SUITE #1601 BRUNDIGE CHELSEA C SNOWMASS, CO 81654 1755 SNOWMASS CREEK RD CITY OF ASPEN ASPEN, CO 81611 130 S GALENA ST GOTHAM AJAX LLC NEW YORK, NY 100202346 600 5TH AVE FL 14 HALLAM PINES CONDO ASSOC ASPEN, CO 81611 220-224 W HALLAM ST Page 60 of 208 CARBON BLACK BASALT Formed by rapidly cooled extrusions of magma from deep within the mantle, this basalt displays prominent phenocrysts encased in a matrix of dark grey plagioclase feldspar. Scattered throughout are noticeable greenish crystals of olivine. One of the most robust stones available, Carbon Black Basalt, as its name suggests, has a complex dark character born of its dusky mineral composition. The versatility of Rhodes Architectural Stone’s Carbon Black Basalt makes it an excellent choice as an architectural veneer, and is well suited for paving, cobbles, and any cut-to-size application. AUSTRALIA TEL +61 3 8199 9555 CHINA TEL +86 592 533 0273 R HODES A RCHITECTURAL S TONE N ATURAL S TONE E XPERTS UNITED STATES OF AMERICA TEL +1 206 709 3000 rhodes-stone.com info@rhodes-stone.com SURROUNDS VENEER PAVING STAIR BLOCKS QUOINS SILLS/LINTELS COPING/CAPS CARVED OBJECTS INSTALLATION Carbon Black Basalt may be installed in any standard setting techniques: mortar or thinset on slab, or by sand setting. RECOMMENDED USES LEATHERHONED FLAMED + BRUSHED BUSH HAMMER FLAMED + WATERJET SPLIT MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD BLOCK : 60” x 26” x 26” 1525 x 650 x 650 mm OVERSIZED BLOCK : 70” x 35” x 35” 1800 x 900 x 900 mm JL_0519 TECHNICAL DATA ASTM TEST C97 absorption 0.19 % C97 bulk gravity 185 lbs/ft3 2,963 kg/m3 C170 compressive strength 30,748 psi 212 MPa C880 flexural strength 3,510 psi 24.2 MPa Page 61 of 208 The ELAN EL-IP-OBA4, available in White and Black, is a versatile 4MP bullet camera with auto-focus and advanced object analytics to elevate the intelligent home and business. The relatively visible bullet form factor can have an effective deterrent effect in places where you want people to know that they can be seen. It’s ideal to survey a designated area such as a driveway, garage, front door, back door, stairway, hallway or entryway. Flexible in placement and easy to install, the EL-IP-OBA4 can be installed on walls, soffits, or under eaves. Its auto-focus feature enables final focusing from within the ELAN App, rather than up on the ladder. The bullet camera has an adjustable sun-shield. This blocks light from hitting the lens, ensuring a glare-free image. Video Analytics Advanced Object Detection, Person and Vehicle Classification greatly reduces false positive alerts. And Push Messages can be easily set up to alert a user’s mobile device of events around the home. Auto-Discover/Auto-ConfigureLike all other ELAN Surveillance products, the EL-IP-OBA4 is embedded with the ELAN beacon, making it effortless to install in any ELAN system. The ELAN Management Cloud or Configurator scans the network – both wired and wireless – and automatically discovers the SSIDs of available devices. With a click, the camera is configured and installed in the ELAN system. We’ve eliminated the need to use a secondary application to setup the camera outside of ELAN, saving substantial time on every surveillance installation. Comprehensive Surveillance ELAN Surveillance cameras work seamlessly with the ELAN Network Video Recorder (EL-NVR Series) to create a surveillance ecosystem that excels in every application. Cameras and NVR can be fully managed from within the ELAN App, simplifying the user experience. EL-IP-OBA4-WH | EL-IP-OBA4-BK IP Outdoor AutoFocus 4MP Bullet Cameras with Advanced Analytics Illumination from Infrared (IR) LEDs enables night vision up to 30 meters. Wide Dynamic Range improves image quality by balancing dark and light areas in an image. Ideal for Outdoor Surveillance. One-click set-up with ELAN Auto-Discover/Auto-Configure. BUILT-IN MOTION DETECTION ILLUMINATION EL-IP-OBA4-WH EL-IP-OBA4 -BK Advanced Object Detection, Person and Vehicle Classification. BUILT-IN MOTION DETECTION ADVANCED ANALYTICS Fine-tune the focus and zoom from within the ELAN app, rather than up on the ladder. Page 62 of 208 FEATURES AutoFocus IntelliVision® Advanced Analytics Auto-Discover/Auto-Configure 4 Megapixel High Dynamic Range (HDR) 30m IR Distance 2.8-8mm AutoFocus Lens Advanced Built-in Motion Analytics IP66 Weather Resistanrt Micro SD Card Slot Automatic Gain Control (AGC) Operating Temperature: -40°F – 122°F Max Frame Rate: 20fps @ 2688x1520 3D Digital Noise Reduction 2D Wide Dynamic Range Power Over Ethernet (PoE) INCLUDED IN THE BOX: (1) Camera (1) Quick Installation Guide (1) Mounting Template (3) Mounting Hardware ORDER NOS. EL-IP-OBA4-WH, EL-IP-OBA4-WH EL-IP-OBA4-WH | EL-IP-OBA4-BK IP Outdoor Varifocal Lens Bullet Cameras with IR VIDEO Video compression Smart H.264/ H.264 High/Main Profile, Motion JPEG Maximum Frame Rate H.264 / Motion JPEG: up to 20 fps @ 2688x1520 Day/Night (IR-cut filter) Color (Day), Monochrome (Night), Auto, Schedule Scanning system Progressive scan Back Light Compensation On / Off 2D WDR Off / Auto / x2 / x3 / x4 High Dynamic Range (HDR) Up to 100dB 3D Noise Reduction Off / 1 to 32 selectable Privacy Masking Off / On (4 independent areas) Sense Up Off / 1 frame / 2 frames Sense Up+ Yes Auto Gain Control 36 dB variable gain Other Functions Sharpness, Hue, Image flip, Image mirror Lens Distortion Correction (LDC)Yes NETWORK Ethernet 10Base-T / 100Base-TX, RJ-45 Connectivity ONVIF Profile S On-Screen Display (OSD) Text over date, time, and camera name Protocols IPv4, IPv6, TCP, UDP, HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, MQTT, QoS, SNMP , SNMP Trap, NTP, DDNS, UPnP, FTP, ARP, DHCP, PPPoE, DNS, RTSP, RTCP, Telnet, ICMP, IGMP, ONVIF Profile S, SDDP, Bonjour Multi IP Addresses Yes SPECIFICATIONS Power Consumption DC12V, 7.5W / PoE, 8.6W Dimensions 2.67”(W) x 2.71”(H) x 8.42”(D) Weight 18.16oz Operating Temperature -40°F – 122°F Focal Length 2.8 – 8 mm (zoom / focus motorized) IR Range 30m Alarm Event Triggers Motion/Tamper/Network lost detection Alarm Event Actions FTP, SMTP, SAMBA SD Card Recording N/A Video Analytics Survey Area, Object Detection, Person Classification, Vehicle Classification Certifications CE: Class B, FCC: Class B, IP66 Weather Resistant www.elanhomesystems.com ©2020 Nortek Security & Control, LLC. All rights reserved. ELAN® and IntelliVision® are registered trademarks of Nortek Security & Control.Rev A 01/2020 Page 63 of 208 WARNING: Both raw and fire retardant cedar products can contain natural oils and a level of tannic acid that can cause corrosion to unprotected metals and concrete surfaces. For FSR treated cedar, pre-painted galvanized or pre-painted aluminum gutters are highly recommended. When using copper or any other non coated metal (galvanized included), flashings, gutters, and valleys, for FSR treated cedar, coat the surface with 2 coats of a clear acrylic enamel finish. Initial water runoff can cause staining and corrosion if the proper procedures are not followed. A thorough wash and rinse (less than 125 psi) immediately after application will significantly reduce this risk. FSR Treatment Inc. is not responsible for any direct or indirect damages caused by water runoff. Stainless steel fasteners (ASTM type 316) are recommended. Apply each shingle with two (only) fasteners. Each fastener should be placed not more that 3/4" from the side edge of the shingle and not more than 1" above the exposure line. Use 3d (1-1/4") nails for 16" and 18" shingles, and 4d (1-1/2") for 24" shingles. In all cases, fasteners should be long enough to penetrate at least 3/4" or through the sheathing. Drive them flush, but not so that the head crushes the wood. Page 64 of 208 1 23 4 5 REVISIONSREMARKSMM/DD/YY ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ...00 1 D ...ORIGINAL DRAFT OF DRAWING1310 E. Cornwallis Rd. Durham, NC 27713 P-(919) 544-8887 F- 544-8898 info@kmsheetmetal.com - www.kmsheetmetal.com _ _ /_ _ /_ _ 4" 1.50" 4" 4" Round Downspout 0.33" Closed Double Seam "Acme Lock" 4" Material Types Available 24 ga. Pre-Fin Kynar Steel Color:_________________ 24 ga. Galvalume Mill Finish .027 Aluminum Color:__________________________ .032 Pre-Fin Kynar Alum Color___________________ .040 Pre-Fin Kynar Alum Color___________________ 16 oz. Copper 20 oz. Copper 16 oz. Lead Coated Copper 26 ga. Stainless Steel 24 ga. Stainless Steel Notes: Downspout is only available in 10'0" sections Downspout is crimped on one end for easy installation Page 65 of 208 1 23 4 5 REVISIONSREMARKSMM/DD/YY ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ... D Plain Square Downspout1310 E. Cornwallis Rd. Durham, NC 27713 P-(919) 544-8887 F- 544-8898 info@kmsheetmetal.com - www.kmsheetmetal.com 3" x 4" Downspout 00 1 0.33" Closed Double Seam Acme Lock Notes: Downspout pipe is the same size on both ends Available in 10'0" Sections Material Types Available 24 ga. Pre-Finished Kynar Steel Color:___________________ 24 ga. Galvalume Mill Finish .027 Aluminum Color:_________________________________ .032 Pre-finished Kynar Aluminum Color:__________________ .040 Pre-finished Kynar Aluminum Color:__________________ 16 oz. Copper 20 oz. Copper 26 ga. Stainless Steel 24 ga. Stainless Steel 22 ga. Stainless Steel 4.00" 3. 0 0 " Page 66 of 208 - CRAFTSMEN IN PAINT AND PAPER PRODUCT ADVICE SHEET Exterior Eggshell All Farrow & Ball paints are eco friendly with low or minimal VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) content and are water based giving them a low odour and quick drying time which benefits both you and the environment. Available Tin Sizes: ,750 ml,2.5 L,, In all Farrow & Ball colours. Available direct from Farrow & Ball (visit www.farrow-ball.com, email: sales@farrow-ball.com or call: +44 (0) 1202 876141), our Showrooms and selected stockists internationally. Product Overview: A versatile finish with a silky 20% sheen, Exterior Eggshell adds lasting colour to almost anything in your outdoor space, from wooden window frames and cladding to metal guttering and railings. Our flexible resin rich formula gently expands and contracts with the weather to avoid flaking, peeling and fading for up to six years. Not suitable for use on plastic. Not suitable for exterior decking or other pressure treated wood. Recommended Primer & Undercoats: For use on exterior woodwork : Farrow & Ball Exterior Wood Primer & Undercoat For use on metal : Farrow & Ball Metal Primer & Undercoat Ferrous Metal Preparation: Thoroughly clean and degrease new and previously painted metal surfaces. Remove any weak paint and rust back to bare metal. Apply two coats of Farrow & Ball Metal Primer & Undercoat, in the correct colour tone for your top coat, and allow a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats. Apply two coats of your chosen Farrow & Ball finish, allowing the correct drying time between coats. Cast Iron: We recommend that a specialist primer is applied to Cast Iron surfaces prior to painting as water-based primers may lead to flash rusting. Non Ferrous Metal Preparation: Thoroughly clean and degrease new and previously painted metal surfaces. Remove any weak paint and lightly sand surface to improve adhesion of your primer & undercoat. Apply two coats of Farrow & Ball Metal Primer & Undercoat, in the correct colour tone for your top coat, and allow a minimum of 4 hours drying time. Apply two coats of your chosen Farrow & Ball finish, allowing the correct drying time between coats. Galvanised Metal Preparation: Treat all surfaces with an Etch Primer or Mordant Solution, ensuring any excess product is removed before you begin painting. Apply two coats of Farrow & Ball Metal Primer & Undercoat, in the correct colour tone for your top coat, and allow a minimum of 4 hours drying time. Apply two coats of your chosen Farrow & Ball finish, allowing the correct drying time between coats. Knotty or Resinous Wood Preparation: Heat the knot to draw out any excess resin (we recommend using a hot air paint stripper). Scrape off any residue resin, and then thoroughly clean the area with white or methylated spirit. Allow the area to dry thoroughly before continuing. Page 67 of 208 Exterior Bare Wood Surface Preparation: Ensure surfaces are sound, clean, dry and free from dirt, grease and other contamination. Fill any cracks, holes and open joins with a water based exterior wood filler. To improve the paint‟s adhesion, lightly sand the surface. In environments where wood rotting fungi is likely to occur, treat with exterior wood preservative prior to priming. Prepare any knotty or resinous areas as above and patch prime with Farrow & Ball Wood Knot & Resin Blocking Primer. Apply one coat of Farrow & Ball Exterior Wood Primer & Undercoat, in the correct colour tone for your top coat, and allow a minimum of 4 hours drying time. Apply two coats of your chosen Farrow & Ball finish, allowing the correct drying time between coats. Please note: Repeatedly repairing cracks, holes and open joints in a surface may indicate that the surface is nearing the end of its life and will require additional effort to maintain it. If this is the case consider renewal or replacement. Exterior Previously Painted Wood Surface Preparation: Ensure all surfaces are sound, clean, dry and free from dirt, grease and other contamination. Remove any areas of old paint which are peeling or blistering as flaking or peeling can occur if you paint over weak paint layers. Blend and „feather‟ the edges of areas of old paint, as this helps to smooth out the surface. Fill any cracks, holes and open joints with a water based exterior wood filler. Lightly sand the surface to improve paint adhesion. In environments where wood rotting fungi is likely to occur, treat with exterior wood preservative prior to priming. Prepare any knotty or resinous areas as above and patch prime with Farrow & Ball Wood Knot & Resin Blocking Primer. Apply one coat of Farrow & Ball Exterior Wood Primer & Undercoat, in the correct colour tone for your top coat (and allowing a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats). Then apply two coats of your chosen Farrow & Ball finish, allowing the correct drying time between coats. Please note: Repeatedly repairing cracks, holes and open joints in a surface may indicate that the surface is nearing the end of its life and will require additional effort to maintain it. If this is the case consider renewal or replacement. Waxed or Highly Polished Surface Preparation: If you are painting onto previously waxed or highly polished surfaces, you will need to remove the existing coating of treatment by sanding back prior to painting. We recommend testing a small area as Farrow & Ball paints may not be compatible with some waxes and polishes. Painting Over Putty: If replacement putty is required for new or existing glazing, for best results use an acrylic based glazing putty which is designed to work well with modern water based paints and primers. Bare wood must first be primed with an undiluted coat of Farrow & Ball Exterior Wood Primer & Undercoat, including the end grain, and allowed to dry for a minimum of 4 hours before applying the glazing putty. Apply the glazing putty following the manufacturer‟s application instructions and drying times before applying your chosen Farrow & Ball finish as follows: Exterior Eggshell and Full Gloss - Apply an undiluted coat of Farrow & Ball Exterior Wood Primer & Undercoat in the correct colour tone for your top coat (allowing a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats) followed by 2 coats of your chosen top coat (once again allowing a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats). Ensure the glass is thoroughly clean and overlap the final top coat onto the glass by approximately 1mm to achieve a seal. Painting Over Exterior Wood Fillers: Follow the filler manufacturer‟s application instructions and drying times and patch prime with Farrow & Ball Wood Knot & Resin Blocking Primer. Apply a coat of Farrow & Ball exterior Wood Primer & Undercoat in the correct colour tone for your top coat. Allow a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats. Apply two coats of your chosen Farrow & Ball finish, allowing the correct drying time between coats. Page 68 of 208 Painting Interior Brickwork: Interior brickwork must be completely dry and free of damp before painting. Interior brickwork which is powdery, flaky or unstable should first be patch primed using one coat of Farrow & Ball Masonry & Plaster Stabilising Primer. The following Farrow & Ball finishes may be applied to interior brickwork: For Full Gloss, Estate Eggshell and Exterior Eggshell - Apply an undiluted coat of Farrow & Ball Interior Wood Primer & Undercoat in the correct colour tone for your top coat (and allowing a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats) followed by 2 coats of your chosen top coat (once again allowing a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats). For Exterior Masonry – apply 2 coats directly, allowing a minimum of 5 hours drying time between coats. Do not use Farrow & Ball Masonry & Plaster Stabilising Primer as a general primer on sound brick surfaces. Painting Terracotta: The following Farrow & Ball finishes may be applied to terracotta: Exterior Masonry, Full Gloss and Exterior Eggshell – 2 coats may be applied directly (allowing a minimum of 4 hours drying time between coats). How to Apply Paint to Trim by Brush: Stir thoroughly before use. By „trim‟ we mean: skirting boards, picture rails, dado rails, doors, door frames and architraves, interior window sills and window frames (providing they aren‟t plastic). Farrow & Ball paints are water borne, and unlike solvent borne paints, water borne paint is more resistant to sagging and you will achieve the best finish by painting a thicker coat. For best results use a quality fine-tipped synthetic bristled paint brush (e.g. Farrow & Ball Paint Brush). Load the brush well and apply a generous first coat. Brushing first in a vertical direction then in a horizontal direction until an even coating has been applied. Finish by 'laying off' the paint in one direction using light pressure, with the brush held at an angle of approximately 30°. Do not “overwork” the paint or attempt to brush it out in thin even coats as you would a traditional solvent borne paint as this may create excess brush marks. Allow to dry completely (for a minimum of 4 hours) before applying a second coat following the same technique as before. How to Apply Paint to Trim by Roller: Stir thoroughly before use. By „trim‟ we mean: skirting boards, picture rails, dado rails, doors, door frames and architraves, interior window sills and window frames (providing they aren‟t plastic). This paint finish can also be applied using a Medium Pile Woven Polyester Roller. This will provide a good finish with minimal stippling and is a quick method of application. However, where an optimum finish is required, we would recommend brush application using a Farrow & Ball fine-tipped, synthetic bristled brush. Spray Settings: Airless Spraying – Good results can be achieved by the set up of 18 thou (457 μm) 65° angle tip using a pressure of between 2300 - 2700 psi (159 - 186 bar). HVLP Spraying – Depending on the apparatus used, the paint may need to be diluted with water by up to 30%. Experiment with air control valve, material flow adjustment, fan size and spray pattern settings on a piece of cardboard or an inconspicuous area until a satisfactory finish is achieved. Apply several thin coats, allowing each coat to dry fully before applying the next one. Over Coating Pale Colours with Dark Colours: Changing the shade of exterior woodwork from light to dark will greatly increase the amount of heat the surface is able to absorb from the sun. In some cases, this additional heat may cause resin and gases to be released by the wood, particularly from any knots. This can result in peeling and blistering, which may not have occurred when painting the same surface with a lighter shade. To minimise the risk of this happening, and to achieve a long-lasting finish, we recommend removing as much of the previous coating as possible to expose any knots and resinous areas so that they can be prepared as above, before patch priming with Farrow & Ball Wood Knot & Resin Blocking Primer. This should be followed with a coat of the Farrow & Ball Exterior Wood Primer & Undercoat in the correct tone for your new paint colour, and then by your topcoat. Page 69 of 208 - - Other Product Applications: If you wish to use Farrow & Ball products for any applications which are not featured here, please contact Customer Services for advice on +44 (0) 1202 876141 or email customer.services@farrow-ball.com. Please note that calls may be recorded for training purposes. Application Information: Do not paint in temperatures below 10°C or in excessive heat above 30°C. Avoid painting in direct sunlight. Avoid applying outdoors if there is a likelihood of rain. For best results apply early in the day, allowing the product time to dry before the evening (when condensation can occur). Coverage Rate (m2/l per coat): : Up to 13 Drying Time: : Dry in 2 hours. Typical Recoat Time: : Recoat after 4 hours Sheen Level: : 20 % Curing Time: : Please note that some darker paint colours will take up to 14 days to achieve full hardness, strength and durability. Recommended Number of Coats: : 2* *Darker/stronger colours may require additional coats. Please note: The drying and Recoat times provided are based on applying paint in normal conditions - drying times may be longer in cooler and/or higher humidity environments. Darker colours may take longer to dry. Allow a minimum of 14 days before applying over solvent based coatings. Density: : 1.2 - 1.4 g/cc Wet Film Thickness: : 80 - 120 µm Application Humidity: : < 80 % RH Wet Abrasion Class: : 1 Substrate Moisture Content: : Exterior Wood = < 15 % , Interior Brick = < 1 % Water Absorption according to DIN EN 1062 3 (w24 [kg/m2√24h]): 0.02 (Class III, limit <0.1). This is the volume of water absorbed into a 1m2 area through the paint surface within a 24 hour period. The lower the w24 value, the more waterproof the paint film. Paint water absorption is class rated, from Class I to Class III. Class III in this instance denotes the highest waterproof rating. We are pleased to confirm that Farrow & Ball Estate Eggshell is rated - Class III (Low). Water Vapour Permeability according to DIN EN ISO 7783 2 (sd [m]): 0.125 (Class I, limit <0.14). This is the resistance of the paint film to water vapour expressed as the equivalent thickness of air in metres. The lower the sd value the more breathable the paint film. Paint breathability is class rated, from Class I to Class III. Class I in this instance denotes the highest level of breathability. We are pleased to confirm that Farrow & Ball Exterior Eggshell has the highest rating - Class I (High). Colour Accuracy: Check for colour accuracy prior to use as Farrow & Ball will not be liable for decorating costs caused as a result of an incorrect colour being applied. When more than one tin of the same colour is to be used ensure that batch numbers are identical or intermix before use. Stir thoroughly before use. Cleaning: Wipe gently with a soft damp cloth or sponge. Clean Up: Remove as much product as possible from brushes or rollers. Clean brushes / rollers with warm soapy water. Storage Advice: This product is water based and must be protected from frost and extreme temperatures. Use within 6 months of purchase. We accept no responsibility for the deterioration of contents or packaging after this date. Environmental & Disposal Advice: Do not empty into drains or watercourses. Dispose of contents/container to waste disposal site in accordance with local/national regulations. Contact the local Environmental Department for disposal instructions. Metal containers may be recycled. Page 70 of 208 VOC Content Information: EU limit value for this product (cat. A/[d]): 130g/l (2010). This product contains max 2g/l VOC. Formulation: A water based paint made using an acrylic binder. Contains a wide spectrum biocide to protect surfaces against algal and fungal attack. Health & Safety Advice: Keep out of reach of children. Ensure good ventilation during application and drying. Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. If medical advice is needed, have product container or label at hand. IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of soap and water. Do not use solvent thinners or White Spirit. IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. IF SWALLOWED: Call a doctor if you feel unwell. Safety data sheet available on request. Lead Advice: Special precautions should be taken during the preparation of old paint surfaces (especially those from pre-1970), as they may contain harmful lead. For further advice and guidance see coatings.org.uk/paintsafe. Contact Us: For advice on colours, paint finishes or wallpaper our customer services team is on hand to help you, just call +44 (0) 1202 876141, email sales@farrow- ball.com, or write to us at Farrow & Ball, Uddens Estate, Wimborne, Dorset, BH21 7NL, UK. Please note that calls may be recorded for training purposes. Imported in EU by Farrow & Ball, Kaiserstraße 25, Frankfurt am Main, Deutschland, +49 (0) 69 2424 6269. Disclaimer: The information given in these specification sheets and technical advice - whether verbal, in writing or by way of trials - is for guidance and is given in good faith but without warranty, since skill of application and site conditions are beyond our control. For further information please contact our Customer Services Department. We can accept no liability for the performance of the products arising out of such use, beyond the value of the goods delivered by us. This does not affect your statutory rights. Issue Date: 12/12/2019 Page 71 of 208 1 23 4 5 REVISIONSREMARKSMM/DD/YY ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ..._ _ /_ _ /_ _ ...00 1 D ...ORIGINAL DRAFT OF DRAWING 6/25/20156" Reverse Bead 1310 E. Cornwallis Rd. Durham, NC 27713 P-(919) 544-8887 F- 544-8898 info@kmsheetmetal.com - www.kmsheetmetal.com Half Round Gutter 3. 3 1 " 3.31" R 3. 0 8 " .285" R 6.55" Notes: Our Reverse Bead Half Round Gutter is Roll Formed and available in lengths up to 40'0" Available in the following materials: .027 & .032 Aluminum 16 oz. or 20 oz. Copper & Lead Coated Copper 24 ga. Kynar Finish Steel 24 ga. Galvalume .7mm & .8mm Zinc 6" Page 72 of 208 Page 73 of 208 REV. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CKD. BY WEIGHT POUNDS VOLUME CUBIC FEET FIGURE NUMBER LOCATION FI G U R E NU M B E R DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T T O M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E WE C A N A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y F O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A DR A W N B Y : CH E C K E D B Y : AP P R O V E D B Y : SC A L E : DA T E : SI Z EA DR A W I N G N U M B E R SPECIAL PURPOSE DOWNSPOUT COVER 1775 17 7 5 JJ JM JM 03 - 0 7 - 0 5 NO N E s1 7 7 5 E 3/8(10) Size Securing Holes (4 Holes) E Dia. Bolt Circle Hinged Perforated Cover FUNCTION: Used as a downspout cover on a wall where an overflow roof drain concealed leader discharges rainwaterto the ground. D C B A 2 1/2(64) 3/16(5) FRONT VIEW RIGHT SIDE SECTION VIEW Fig. 1775. . . . . . . . .DOWNSPOUT COVER A (Pipe Size) 0150(38) 02(50) 03(75) 04(100) 05(125) 06(150) 08(200) 10(250) 12(305) 15(380) 16(405) 18(457) 3 1/2(89) 3 1/2(89) 3 1/2(89) 4 9/16(116) 5 5/8(143) 6 11/16(169) 8 11/16(219) 10 13/16(276) 12 13/16(326) 16(405) 16(405) 18 9/16(471) 4 1/2(115) 4 1/2(115) 4 1/2(115) 5 9/16(142) 6 5/8(168) 7 11/16(194) 9 11/16(249) 11 13/16(301) 13 13/16(351) 16 15/16(429) 16 15/16(429) 18 15/16(481) 7 11/16(194) 7 11/16(194) 7 11/16(194) 8 3/4(220) 9 13/16(251) 10 7/8(278) 12 7/8(328) 15(380) 17(430) 20 1/8(513) 20 1/8(513) 22 1/4(565) 6(150) 6(150) 6(150) 7 1/8(181) 8 1/4(210) 9(230) 11 1/4(285) 13 1/2(345) 15 1/2(395) 18 1/2(470) 18 1/2(470) 20 3/8(517) B DIA. C DIA. D DIA. E DIA. REGULARLY FURNISHED: Fabricated Type 304 Stainless Steel Downspout Cover with Hinged Perforated Cover. VARIATIONS: Vandal Proof -U OPTIONAL MATERIALS: Fabricated Polished Brass -PB Fabricated Chrome Plated Brass -CP NOTE: Dimensions shown inparentheses are in millimeters. B 9-13-07 Revised Table RN CLC 6-16-08 Revised Cover TBW CLD 04/27/09 Added Function JJ CLE 12/11/14 Added 16" & 18" Outlets TBW TWK JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONAL POST OFFICE BOX 3237 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA)TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 334-272-7396 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ®ASPE ® S A N ITARY ENGINE E R I NGPrevention Rather T h a n Cure SINCE 1926 Page 74 of 208 Page 75 of 208 Page 76 of 208 Post Office Box 700 06050-0700 ~ 100 Production Court New Britain, CT 06051 telephone 860--225-1614 fax 860--225-1060 e-mail info@snowguards.com www.snowguards.com Zaleski Model #12 Snow-Guard(Lead Coated Copper) 1.500" 5. 1 2 5 " 6. 6 2 5 " 1.500" 2. 5 0 0 " 4.125” MATERIAL: Our model No.-12 Snow-Guard is manufactured using .020 thickness of cold rolled copper. Since it is double thick the result is .020 x 2 = .040. Then lead coating is applied resulting in a lead-coated copper snow- guard. TYPE OF ROOF: Slate, Asphalt, Wood-Shingle, Tile FASTENING: An integral engagement feature of the Snow-Guard hooks over the head edge of slate or tile without nailing. Snow-Guards on asphalt and wood shingles require nailing. Manufacturers of Snow-Guards Since 1950 Page 77 of 208 RG5 SNOW GUARD SNOW GUARDS ROCKY MOUNTAIN SNOW GUARDS 2055 S RARITAN STREET, UNIT B DENVER, CO 80223 PHONE: (720) 379-7756 FAX: (720) 387-8361 www.rockymountainsnowguards.com REVISION DATE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT ©2019 CADDETAILS.COM LTD.CADdetails.com NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING. 3. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR USE BY ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, CONSULTANTS AND DESIGN PROFESSIONALS FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION. 4. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN WAS CURRENT AT THE TIME OF DEVELOPMENT BUT MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER TO BE CONSIDERED ACCURATE. 5. CONTRACTOR'S NOTE: FOR PRODUCT AND COMPANY INFORMATION VISIT www.CADdetails.com/info AND ENTER REFERENCE NUMBER 21/06/20195281-021 5281-021 SELECT DESIRED MATERIAL: POWDER COATED EG STEEL - 14 GAUGE POWDER COATED ALUMINUM - 0.090 MILL FINISH ALUMINUM - 0.090 COPPER - 48 OZ ISOMETRIC VIEW TOP VIEW SIDE VIEWMANUFACTURER NOTES: 1. CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR SELECTED LAYOUT. 2. FOR CUSTOM MATERIALS CONTACT MANUFACTURER. 3. OTHER SIZES ARE AVAILABLE ON A CUSTOM BASIS. 1.8" 5. 5" 1.25" 4.2" 2. 6" 1.25" RIVIT HOLESCUSTOMER SUPPLIED Page 78 of 208 UNIT Unit 1.75" Aluminum Clad Tilt-Turn Casement 1" = 1'-0" TILT-TURN DIRECT SET SIDELITE cGRABILL Custom Design Restoration Reproduction WINDOWS & DOORS 7463 Research Dr Almont MI 48003 810-798-2817 ph 810-798-3814 fx Sales Binder Grabill Architectural Drawings contain confidential and proprietary information and is for the sole use of the intended recipient(s). Any unauthorized review, use, disclosure or distribution of these drawing (including attachments) is strictly prohibited. Co p y r i g h t 2 0 1 6 , G r a b i l l W i n d o w & D o o r s , I n c . www.grabillwindow.com Page 79 of 208 1.75" Aluminum Clad Tilt-Turn Casement w/ Screen at head 6" = 1'-0" aluminum nail fin and drip edge 4.875 3.037 1.750 0.150 tilt turn hardware aluminum frame and sash extrusions heavy duty alum screen frame w/ black screencloth aluminum screen channel @ head - attach to window cladding with heavy duty double sided adhesive 4.937 insulated glass unit cGRABILL Custom Design Restoration Reproduction WINDOWS & DOORS 7463 Research Dr Almont MI 48003 810-798-2817 ph 810-798-3814 fx Sales Binder Grabill Architectural Drawings contain confidential and proprietary information and is for the sole use of the intended recipient(s). Any unauthorized review, use, disclosure or distribution of these drawing (including attachments) is strictly prohibited. Co p y r i g h t 2 0 1 6 , G r a b i l l W i n d o w & D o o r s , I n c . www.grabillwindow.com Page 80 of 208 1.75" Aluminum Clad Tilt-Turn Casement w/ Screen at Sill 6" = 1'-0" 4.937 4.875 3.037 1.750 0.150 weep holes aluminum screen channel @ sill - attach to window cladding with heavy duty double sided adhesive cGRABILL Custom Design Restoration Reproduction WINDOWS & DOORS 7463 Research Dr Almont MI 48003 810-798-2817 ph 810-798-3814 fx Sales Binder Grabill Architectural Drawings contain confidential and proprietary information and is for the sole use of the intended recipient(s). Any unauthorized review, use, disclosure or distribution of these drawing (including attachments) is strictly prohibited. Co p y r i g h t 2 0 1 6 , G r a b i l l W i n d o w & D o o r s , I n c . www.grabillwindow.com Page 81 of 208 4.937 4.875 3.037 1.750 0.150 6" = 1'-0" heavy duty alum screen frame w/ black screencloth pull tab on vertical sides of screen 1.75" Aluminum Clad Tilt-Turn Casement w/ Screen at Side Jamb cGRABILL Custom Design Restoration Reproduction WINDOWS & DOORS 7463 Research Dr Almont MI 48003 810-798-2817 ph 810-798-3814 fx Sales Binder Grabill Architectural Drawings contain confidential and proprietary information and is for the sole use of the intended recipient(s). Any unauthorized review, use, disclosure or distribution of these drawing (including attachments) is strictly prohibited. Co p y r i g h t 2 0 1 6 , G r a b i l l W i n d o w & D o o r s , I n c . www.grabillwindow.com Page 82 of 208 1.000 2.250 5.437 6" = 1'-0" 1.75" Aluminum Clad Tilt-Turn Casement w/ Screen at Direct Set Common Mullion cGRABILL Custom Design Restoration Reproduction WINDOWS & DOORS 7463 Research Dr Almont MI 48003 810-798-2817 ph 810-798-3814 fx Sales Binder Grabill Architectural Drawings contain confidential and proprietary information and is for the sole use of the intended recipient(s). Any unauthorized review, use, disclosure or distribution of these drawing (including attachments) is strictly prohibited. Co p y r i g h t 2 0 1 6 , G r a b i l l W i n d o w & D o o r s , I n c . www.grabillwindow.com Page 83 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors 7463 Research Drive Almont, MI 48003 (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com Bringing Traditional Craftsmanship into the 21st Century Page 84 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 1 Page Contents 2 About Us 3 Architectural Windows 4 Architectural Doors: 5 • Pivot Doors 6 • Lift & Slide Doors 7 • Bi-Folding Doors 8 Options: • Metal Cladding 9 • Metal Cladding & Glass 10 • Wood Options 11 Project Portfolio: • Contemporary 12 • Traditional 13 • Historical 14 Grabill Green GRABILL WINDOWS & DOORS Grabill Windows and Doors is a family owned window and door manufacturing company in Almont, MI, established in 1984. Grabill designs and manufactures luxury architectural wood, bronze and aluminum clad windows and doors for residential, commercial and historical projects. By combining the excellence of old world craftsmanship with state of the art technology, Grabill proudly brings you a superior, highly efficient, quality product. Page 85 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 2 ABOUT US Sales: Whether you call or e-mail us, you will get a prompt knowledgeable response. Grabill requires its North American sales representatives to have a detailed background of the construction industry. As a result, our sales team becomes a part of the buyer’s design team and a key member in gathering the information necessary to ensure our product is the best choice for the buyer. Design & Development: Grabill products are fabricated according to individual specifications and in an infinite range of designs and sizes. We offer our experienced technical assistance in the initial phases of projects regarding design, specifications, applications and construction. Delivery: The delivery of Grabill products in North America is simple: We load your product into trucks dedicated to your project carefully, and the next time the truck door opens, is at your job site. Page 86 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 3 ARCHITECTURAL WINDOWS All Wood Windows • Double/Triple Hung • Out-Swing Casements/Awnings • In-Swing Casements/European Tilt-Turn • Fixed in-jamb (no sash) • Window wall systems (combination of window products) Aluminum or Bronze Clad Windows • Out-Swing Casements/Awnings • In-Swing Casements/European Tilt-Turn • Fixed in-jamb (no sash) • Window wall systems (combination of window products) Awning as Part of Common Mulled Window Wall System Window Wall System Page 87 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 4 ARCHITECTURAL DOORS Premium architectural doors are available in all Wood, Aluminum & Bronze Clad: • Pivot Doors • Lift and Slide Doors • Bi-Folding Doors • Traditional Hinged • Pocket Doors Asian Inspired Lift and Slide Doors  Complement residential and commercial environments.  Serve as centerpiece for architectural design.  Achieve top technological performance.  Extensive profiles and finishes available.  Custom designed door panels in glass, wood or metal.  Specialize in oversized door systems. Page 88 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 5 PIVOT DOORS Grabill’s contemporary pivot door design features large glass and minimal frame obstruction. Ideal for oversized entry doors, our precision designed and engineered pivot door is the gentle giant of our product line. Extra-large door panels can be supported and operated effortlessly with our state of the art, off-set pivot hardware. • Grabill offers multipoint hardware on standard dimension and magnetic locks on oversized doors. • Metal and wood threshold Oversized Genuine Mahogany Pivot Door Page 89 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 6 LIFT & SLIDE DOORS Grabill’s premium Lift and Slide door systems are a perfect solution for patios, sunrooms and rooms with a view. Our doors slide neatly together or pocket into a wall offering a full view, maximizing indoor-outdoor living enjoyment. • Door panels slide easily and quietly with simple one handle operation. • When closed, doors secure the jamb at multiple points and drop sill to engage weather-stripping for security and strength • Premium stainless steel hardware is standard • Variety of custom levers and trims available • Maximum opening dependent on number of panels. Page 90 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 7 BI-FOLDING DOORS Grabill’s premium quality exterior folding door systems accommodate multiple panels for large expanses, creating a truly seamless transition between indoor and outdoor spaces. • When closed, these precision engineered doors create a formidable barrier against the elements. • Door panel configurations are as specified with in-swing or out-swing operation. Page 91 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 8 OPTIONS Instead of a thin metal wrap, Grabill incorporates heavy gauge extrusions which are applied to the exterior of our products. Since the extrusions are staged “out of contact” with the wood body of our windows and doors, they act as a heat sink, are well ventilated and serve as a platform for weather-stripping, thermal breaks and water drainage. These attributes promote thermal efficiency, stability and minimize wood and finish deterioration. Aluminum Clad Anodizing Options Aluminum Clad Exterior with Solid Wood Interior Metal Cladding Grabill aluminum clad produces use heavy gauge, Michigan- made extrusions from 90% recycled aluminum. Our aluminum door, sash and muntin profiles range from modern to traditional in detail. • Painted coatings using PPG’s ADS® are available in a wide range of colors and sheen. • With painted coatings, Grabill welds aluminum miters for strong, continuous sash, door and frame joints. • Anodized finishes available as shown. Aluminum Cladding Page 92 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 9 Glass Grabill offers high performance glass options that meet Energy Star© criteria and include oversize, multiple lite, and irregular specifications. • Glass can be tempered, laminated, reflective, obscured. • Sound reduction, high wind, avalanche and security glazing are available • In-house Art Glass Studio allows Grabill to create custom designs and provide authentic leaded glass reproductions. • Divided and simulated divided lites available. Bronze Cladding • Bronze clad can be left natural for a slow aging process or chemically paginated to give an aged appearance without the wait. • Modern and traditional clad profiles available. Page 93 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 10 Genuine Mahogany VG Douglas Fir Spanish Cedar** Eucalyptus Grandis American Black Walnut Cypress Sapele Knotty Alder White Oak FSC Certified Wood Species* OPTIONS Wood Finish & Paint *Other wood species are available. **Not Available as FSC Certified Wood finishes can be primed only, painted or stained. Custom rustic and aged antique finishes are also an option. Grabill uses low VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) paint and finish, limiting hazardous fumes and waste. Page 94 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 11 CONTEMPORARY PROJECTS Aluminum Clad Windows & Doors Aspen, CO Solid Wood Windows & Doors Bloomfield Hills, MI Bronze Clad Windows & Doors Aspen, CO  “A craftsman can’t be willing to sacrifice any components of his trade. Aesthetics, practicality, technology – they are all imperative.” -Greg Grabill  Page 95 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 12 TRADITIONAL PROJECTS Solid Wood Windows & Doors Door County, WI Solid Wood Windows & Doors West Bloomfield, MI Bronze Clad Windows & Doors Cherry Hills Village, CO Page 96 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 13 HISTORICAL PROJECTS Historical Steel Building - Denver, CO Replica Pivot, Awning & Double Hung Windows Chapman House - Rochester Hills, MI Historical Replication & Preservation of Palladian Windows & Transoms  “Every project reveals the generations of craftsmanship that came before it. Tradition, skill and technique carry on.” -Teresa Grabill  Page 97 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 14 Sustainable features Include, but are not limited to: • Low VOC Glass & Finishes • FSC Certified Wood • Certified, High Performance, Low U- Value Glass & Spacer Bar • Dual Continuous Weather Stripping • 99% Recycled Bronze Hardware • 90% Recycled Aluminum Extrusions Grabill products contribute to LEED® (Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design) Project Certification: • Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) • Materials and Resources (MR) • Energy and Atmosphere (EA) Grabill is committed to environmentally conscious and sustainable production of all of its products. Each product is uniquely designed and built with sustainable, low emitting and recycled materials. Page 98 of 208 Grabill Windows & Doors (810) 798-2817 www.grabillwindow.com 15 Page 99 of 208 Built with Integrity… Built to Last. Page 100 of 208 landscape architectarchitect steve ells 234 w francis aspen, colorado 81611 client bluegreen sheri sanzone 300 south spring st. suite 202 aspen, colorado 81611 t 970 429 7499 f 970 429 9499 structural / mep engineer civil engineer/surveyor sheet index landscape drawings context map hpc submission 234 W Francis Aspen 50 % d d 0 3 / 3 0 / 2 0 2 0 selldorf architects john spencer 860 broadway at union square new york, new york 10003 t 212 219 9571 resource engineering group 502 whiterock ave, suite 102 crested butte, colorado 81244 t 970 925 2855 dodson harper high country engineering, llc michael g grzesiak 1517 blake ave, suite 101 glenwood springs, colorado 81601 t 970 945 8676 irrigation hines irrigation 323 west drake road, suite 204 fort collins, colorado 80526 t 970 282 1800 sheet index # consultant drawings irrigation drawings 50 % d d 0 3 / 3 0 / 2 0 2 0 client name/title date client name/title date north owner reviewed and approved L000 L100 L200 L400 L401 L800 L001 cover tree mitigation plan layout plan planting schedule planting plan planting details notes L002 notes L300 material plan LCVR cover 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen 75 % d d 0 4 / 1 5 / 2 0 2 0 75 % d d 0 4 / 1 5 / 2 0 2 0 L101 demolition and preservation plan #irrigation drawings #pool and spa #pool and spa hp c s u b m i s s i o n 0 6 / 0 5 / 2 0 2 0 Page 101 of 208 Exhibit L L001 notes 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission SCOPE OF WORK CONTROL OF WORK LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC EARTHWORK EROSION AND DUST CONTROL LAYOUT AND CONTROL OF MATERIALS 1. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL WORK BY THE SUBCONTRACTORS. 2. WATERPROOFING OF SUBGRADE AND OTHER ARCHITECTURAL SPACES BELOW AND/OR ADJACENT TO IMPROVEMENTS DESIGNED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IS TO BE ADEQUATELY DESIGNED AND DETAILED BY OTHERS TO PERMANENTLY REPEL ALL WATER SOURCES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: PRECIPITATION, SNOW MELT, SURFACE RUNOFF, SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE, GROUND WATER, IRRIGATION, ROOF RUNOFF, GROUND WATER AND PLUMBING LEAKS. 3. STRUCTURAL DESIGN TO SUPPORT IMPROVEMENTS DESIGNED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND LOCATED ABOVE, BELOW AND/OR ADJACENT TO SUBGRADE AND OTHER ARCHITECTURAL SPACES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN SHOULD BE ADEQUATELY DESIGNED TO SUPPORT ALL POSSIBLE LOADS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: BACKFILL, COMPACTION, PLANTINGS, HARDSCAPE, RETAINING AND FREESTANDING SITE WALLS AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS/EQUIPMENT/ACTIVITY. 4. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DOCUMENTED WORK FOR WHICH CONSTRUCTION SERVICES WERE NOT PERFORMED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AT JOB SITE AND NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF DIMENSIONAL ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR DISCREPANCIES BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK. 2. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPROPRIATE AGENCIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES, LINES AND STRUCTURES PRIOR TO EXCAVATION OR TRENCHING. DAMAGE SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES NOT SHOWN ON THE LANDSCAPE DRAWING SET. THE CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF UTILITIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING OVER OR NEAR EXISTING GAS AND ELECTRICAL LINES. 3. 'CONTRACT DOCUMENTS' INCLUDE THE LANDSCAPE DRAWING SET, LANDSCAPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL AND LANDSCAPE LASIS. 4. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT HAS PROVIDED DESIGN INTENT BUT DOES NOT DEFINE THE APPROPRIATE CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES UTILIZED OR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO CARRY OUT THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES. IN CASE OF ANY DISCREPANCIES, GRAPHICALLY SHOWN MATERIAL QUANTITIES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. 6. A SYSTEM OF DIAGRAMMATIC SYMBOLS, HATCHES AND NOTATIONS IS USED IN THESE DRAWINGS. REVIEW NOTATIONS CAREFULLY AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT REGARDING ANY UNCLEAR NOTATION OR DISCREPANCY PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 7. PROVIDE SLEEVES AS REQUIRED FOR DRAINAGE, IRRIGATION AND ELECTRICAL LINES. IRRIGATION AND ELECTRICAL SLEEVES AND SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO PAVING AND LANDSCAPE WORK. UTILITY SLEEVES ARE REQUIRED IN ALL PLANT BEDS ISOLATED BY PAVEMENT OR ANY OTHER STRUCTURES. 8. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION IS GIVEN TO THE DESIGN AND INTENDED RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ARCHITECTURE, PLANTING AREAS AND PAVING SYSTEMS. PAVEMENT JOINTING, PAVERS, STONE, FINISHES AND GRADES HAVE BEEN STRICTLY COORDINATED DURING THE DESIGN PROCESS. CONSTRUCTION OF THESE SYSTEMS MUST BE STRICTLY COORDINATED. NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 9. CONTACT THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICTS IN GEOTECHNICAL REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS OR OTHER CONSULTANT DRAWINGS. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE PLACEMENT OF FLATWORK PENETRATIONS TO ENSURE COORDINATION OF SURFACE FIXTURES, SUCH AS DRAINS AND LIGHTS. NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF FLATWORK. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO VERIFY FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATIONS. NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO VERIFY DRAIN LOCATIONS OVER STRUCTURE. NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS TO VERIFY UTILITY AND OTHER DRAIN LOCATIONS. NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 14. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO KEEP ALL ITEMS DESIGNED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR IMPLEMENTATION IN PROPER WORKING ORDER THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ALL CONTRACTORS MUST COMPLY WITH PERMIT REQUIREMENTS, LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL JURISDICTIONS AND GOVERNING BODIES/AGENCIES RULES AND REGULATIONS AND LAND USE APPROVAL CONDITIONS AT ALL TIMES. 2. WORK PERFORMED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL JURISDICTIONS AND GOVERNING BODIES/AGENCIES AND/OR NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 3. ALL CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL JURISDICTIONS AND GOVERNING BODIES/AGENCIES STANDARDS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS FROM DAMAGE AND ANY SUCH IMPROVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS SHALL BE REPAIRED OR RECONSTRUCTED SATISFACTORY TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 5. ALL BARRICADING AND TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES OR METHODS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL JURISDICTIONS AND GOVERNING BODIES/AGENCIES STANDARDS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE TIME FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ABOVE JURISDICTIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 1. THESE NOTES SUPPLEMENT THE CIVIL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT SET. NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND CIVIL ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE SHOWN ON PLANS AND CROSS-SECTIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AND DESIGNATED ON-SITE PRIOR TO ANY EARTHWORK. 3. THE PROJECT LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION AND ALL EXISTING VEGETATION TO REMAIN IS TO BE CLEARLY DEFINED BY STURDY, WEATHERPROOF FENCING AT A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) FOOT HEIGHT. 4. EXISTING TREES TO BE PRESERVED SHALL BEAR SAME RELATIONSHIP TO FINISHED GRADE AS THEY BEAR TO PRE-CONSTRUCTION GRADE. 5. EXISTING TREES & VEGETATION TO BE PRESERVED SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH STURDY, WEATHERPROOF FENCING AT A MINIMUM FOUR (4) FOOT HEIGHT INSTALLED NO CLOSER TO THE TREE TRUNK THAN ITS DRIPLINE. THIS FENCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN WORKING ORDER DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. MAINTAIN TREE PROTECTION ZONES FREE OF WEEDS AND TRASH. 6. NO WORK SHALL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE DRIPLINE, UNLESS REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. ALL WORK APPROVED WITHIN THE DRIPLINE SHALL BE COMPLETED BY HAND. PROTECT ROOT SYSTEMS FROM PONDING, EROSION OR EXCESSIVE WETTING. 7. SOIL ANALYSIS MUST BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED SOIL-TESTING LABORATORY ON IMPORTED OR MANUFACTURED TOPSOIL. A WRITTEN ANALYSIS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THIS REPORT MUST STATE PERCENTAGES OF ORGANIC MATTER; GRADATION OF SAND, SILT, AND CLAY CONTENT; CATION EXCHANGE CAPACITY; NATURE OF DELETERIOUS MATERIAL; PH; AND MINERAL AND PLANT NUTRIENT CONTENT OF THE SOIL. 8. IMPORTED TOPSOIL IS TO BE OBTAINED FROM NATURALLY WELL-DRAINED CONSTRUCTION OR MINING SITES WHERE TOPSOIL OCCURS AT LEAST 4 INCHES DEEP. DO NOT OBTAIN FROM AGRICULTURAL LAND, BOGS OR MARSHES. 9. PROPOSED ELEVATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS ARE FINISHED GRADE ELEVATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIRECT ROUGH GRADE WORK TO ALLOW FOR SUFFICIENT TOPSOIL AND OTHER FINISHED CONDITIONS AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 10. ALL FINISHED GRADES SHALL MEET AND BLEND SMOOTHLY WITH EXISTING GRADES AT THE PROJECT LIMIT. 11. ALL FINISHED GRADES SHALL BE WITHOUT LOW SPOTS OR POCKETS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SET FLOW LINES ACCURATELY AND PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) PERCENT OR MAXIMUM OF FIFTY (50) PERCENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 12. ALL FINISHED GRADES SHALL PRESENT SMOOTH TRANSITIONS BETWEEN TOES AND TOPS OF SLOPES. 13. THE MAXIMUM SLOPE OF SOD TO BE 33% IN AREAS DESIGNATED AS " LAWN," UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 14. ALL MANHOLES, VALVE BOXES, UTILITY BOXES AND PEDESTALS, AND OTHER APPURTENANCES SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO FINISH GRADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL JURISDICTIONS AND GOVERNING BODIES/AGENCIES OR UTILITY RULES AND REGULATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 15. DEFINITION OF COMPACTION: PROCTOR DRY DENSITY. 16. SOIL COMPACTION BENEATH PAVEMENTS, STEPS, WALLS AND LIGHT FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE 95% PROCTOR DENSITY MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 17. GRADING AND EXCAVATION WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED DURING DRY AND NON-FREEZING WEATHER CONDITIONS. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND STOCKPILE TOPSOIL FOR REUSE ON-SITE. SOIL SHALL BE SCREENED TO REMOVE ROCKS AND BOULDERS. 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REUSE ANY STRUCTURAL SOIL FOUND ON SITE. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM ALL STRUCTURES. 21. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY DRAINAGE DEVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 22. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONTROL POINTS, FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONS AND PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATIONS WITH THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FORMWORK INSTALLATION. STORAGE AND DISPOSAL 1. VEHICLES, EQUIPMENT, AND/OR MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE PARKED OR STORED IN AREAS OF EXISTING VEGETATION, INCLUDING WITHIN THE DRIPLINE OF EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN. 2. LANDSCAPE MATERIALS TO BE STORED UNDER SECURED TARPS OR SHEETING TO PROTECT AGAINST WIND, RAIN AND SNOW DAMAGE. 3. CONSTRUCTION WASTE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PLANT MATERIAL, BUILDING MATERIALS, DEMOLISHED MATERIALS, PACKAGING, LEFTOVER PAINT AND CONCRETE SLURRY, SHOULD BE PROPERLY REUSED, RECYCLED, DISPOSED OF LEGALLY OFF-SITE OR IN DESIGNATED WASH-OUT AREAS DETERMINED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4. RECYCLING AND TRASH BINS TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE. SEPARATE BINS FOR CARDBOARD, CO-MINGLED, AND OTHER RECYCLABLE/REUSABLE MATERIALS IDENTIFIED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION SHALL BE MAINTAINED. ALL BINS TO BE WILDLIFE-PROOF. 5. ON-SITE FUEL STORAGE FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT IS DISCOURAGED. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT USED ON SITE TO BE CHECKED REGULARLY TO ASSURE CONTAMINATION CONCERNS FROM OILS AND GREASES ARE ELIMINATED. NO TOXIC MATERIALS SHALL BE STORED ON-SITE. 1. LAY OUT AND VERIFY DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IS TO REVIEW AND APPROVE ALL LAYOUTS CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE DIMENSIONS FROM REDUCED DRAWINGS. 3. DIMENSIONS REFERRED TO AS "EQUAL" INDICATE SPACING WHICH IS EQUIDISTANT MEASURED TO THE CENTERLINES. 4. MEASUREMENTS ARE TO THE FINISHED FACE OF BUILDINGS, WALLS OR OTHER FIXED SITE IMPROVEMENTS. DIMENSIONS TO CENTERLINES ARE IDENTIFIED AS SUCH. 5. INSTALL INTERSECTING ELEMENTS AT 90-DEGREE ANGLES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. MAINTAIN HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT OF ADJACENT ELEMENTS AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A FULL-SCALE MOCKUP OF ALL PAVING SYSTEMS AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 7. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE FLATWORK MEETS VERTICAL STRUCTURES, SUCH AS WALLS, CURBS, STEPS, AND OTHER HARDSCAPE ELEMENTS. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED AT MATERIAL CHANGES. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIALS/METHODS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. CONTROL JOINTS SHOULD BE SPACED NO GREATER THAN TEN (10) LINEAR FEET MAXIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. EXPANSION JOINTS SHOULD BE SPACED NO GREATER THAN FORTY (40) LINEAR FEET MAXIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE ON OTHER JOINTS AS NEEDED TO MINIMIZE CRACKING. THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 9. ALL STEPS SHALL HAVE FOURTEEN (14) INCH TREADS AND SIX (6) INCH RISERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 10. HOLD TOP OF WALLS & FENCES AND ALL SITE FURNISHINGS LEVEL UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT INSTALL WORK LOCATED ON TOP OF ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURES WITHOUT FIRST REVIEWING ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 12. SAMPLES OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT. 1. THESE NOTES SUPPLEMENT THE CIVIL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT SET. NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND CIVIL ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY DISTURBANCE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND MAINTAIN ALL SESC MEASURES AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AS REQUIRED BY ANY GOVERNING AGENCIES. 3. ALL SESC MEASURES TO BE MAINTAINED DAILY. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREVENT SOIL LOSS TO WIND AND WATER EROSION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONDUCT ALL EXCAVATION, FILLING, GRADING, AND CLEANUP OPERATIONS IN A MANNER SUCH THAT SEDIMENT GENERATED BY WIND OR WATER IS NOT DISCHARGED INTO ANY STORM SEWER, DRAINAGE DITCH, RIVER, LAKE, AIR OR UNDERGROUND UTILITY SYSTEM. 6. WATER FROM TRENCHES AND OTHER EXCAVATION TO BE PUMPED INTO A FILTRATION BAG TO REMOVE SEDIMENTS FROM THE WATER. 7. NORTH AMERICAN GREEN SC-150 OR EQUIVALENT EROSION CONTROL FABRIC IS REQUIRED ON ALL DISTURBED SLOPES GREATER THAN 33% UNTIL PROJECT AREA IS REVEGETATED PER THE PLANTING PLAN. 8. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ONSITE WATERING TO REDUCE FUGITIVE DUST LEAVING THE SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 9. SOIL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES TO BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EXISTING AND PROPOSED DRAINAGE STRUCTURES WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS. 10. CONSTRUCTION STAGING AND PHASING SHALL OCCUR, WHERE APPLICABLE, TO MINIMIZE SOIL DISTURBANCE TIME, THEREBY REDUCING THE OPPORTUNITY FOR SOIL EROSION. 11. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs) SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NEEDED TO MEET ANY OTHER UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS. 12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL A MUD TRACKING PAD/WASHING PAD AT THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES TO MINIMIZE MUD DETACHMENT FROM TRUCK TIRES. 1-1/2 INCH SCREENED ROCK TO BE PLACED ON MIRAFI 140-N FILTER FABRIC. ADDITIONAL CLEAN GRAVEL TO BE ADDED THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION AS NEEDED. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT PLAN REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL JURISDICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNING BODIES/AGENCIES. 14. IF SITE WORK IS DELAYED DUE TO ANY CIRCUMSTANCE; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT PREPARED PLANT BEDS FROM EROSION. bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen Page 102 of 208 L002 notes 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission SEEDING/ FERTILIZER/ SOIL CONDITIONER/ SODDING PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING 1. PLANT MATERIAL IS TO BE HEALTHY SPECIMENS FREE FROM DISEASE OR DAMAGE, AND IS TO BE MAINTAINED IN EXCELLENT CONDITION WHILE ON THE JOBSITE. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SHALL INSPECT PLANT MATERIAL UPON ARRIVAL TO JOBSITE AND WILL REJECT PLANT MATERIAL THAT DOES NOT MEET THE STANDARDS DESCRIBED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. LANDSCAPE MATERIALS TO BE STORED UNDER SECURED TARPS OR SHEETING TO PROTECT AGAINST WIND, RAIN AND SNOW DAMAGE. 3. STOCKPILED PLANT MATERIAL TO BE PLACED IN THE SHADE AND PROPERLY HAND-WATERED UNTIL PLANTED. 4. THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT WILL PERIODICALLY INSPECT PLANT MATERIAL STOCKPILED AND/OR PLANTED ON SITE DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. PLANT MATERIAL NOT MEETING THE STANDARDS CONTAINED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 5. PROVIDE MATCHING SIZES AND FORMS FOR EACH PLANT OF THE SAME SPECIES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 6. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES, GRAPHICALLY SHOWN QUANTITIES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. 7. ALL MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO THE GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED BY THE CURRENT AMERICAN STANDARDS FOR NURSERY STOCK, PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF NURSERYMEN. 8. ALL TREES MUST BE SOURCED FROM A REGION COMPARABLE IN CLIMATE TO THE HIGH ROCKIES (I.E. WY,ID, CO, UT, MT) 9. TREES TO BE HEALTHY, FREE OF DISEASE AND PESTS, AND SINGLE-STEMMED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND PER THE SPECIFICATIONS CONTAINED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY NECESSARY STAKING AND/OR OTHER SUPPORTS MATERIALS/METHODS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PRUNE EXISTING AND/OR NEW TREES ONLY PER LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT DIRECTION. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STAKE THE LOCATIONS OF ALL TREES AND B&B SHRUBS FOR LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 13. ALL ROOT-WRAPPING MATERIALS THAT ARE NOT BIO-DEGRADABLE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE ROOT BALL. ROOT BALLS SHALL BE FREE OF WEEDS. 14. SPECIFIED PLANT MATERIAL SIZES SHALL BE CONSIDERED MINIMUM SIZES. 15. FINISH GRADE OF PLANTING BEDS SHALL BE ONE (1) INCH BELOW ADJACENT FLATWORK UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 16. ALL VEGETATION PROPOSED FOR INSTALLATION OUTSIDE THE BUILDING ENVELOPE TO BE NATIVE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PLANTING PROPOSED TO OCCUR OUTSIDE THE BUILDING ENVELOPE IS FOR RESTORATION PURPOSES ONLY OR IS SPECIFIC TO UTILITIES RESTORATION. 17. SIX (6) INCH TOPSOIL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL LAWN, TURF, AND NATIVE PLANTING ZONES. EIGHTEEN (18) INCH PLANT MIX SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL PERENNIAL PLANTING BEDS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1. ALL NEWLY REGRADED OR OTHERWISE DISTURBED SLOPES ARE TO BE REVEGETATED. 2. MINIMUM SIX (6) INCHES OF TOPSOIL TO BE PLACED IN AREAS TO RECEIVE SEED, TURF AND NATIVE PLANTING. TOPSOIL TO BE GOOD CLEAN ORGANIC SOIL (FREE OF WEEDS AND ROCKS). 3. SEED MIXTURES AND FERTILIZER SHALL BE APPLIED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING JURISDICTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL SEED MUST BE CERTIFIED WEED FREE. NO SEED CAN CONTAIN ANY SPECIES ON THE CITY, COUNTY OR STATE NOXIOUS WEED LISTS. SEED MIX SUPPLY SHALL HAVE THE CERTIFIED SEED (BLUE TAG) OR SOURCE IDENTIFIED SEED (YELLOW TAG) ATTACHED. ONLY SEED WITH A COMPLETE ANALYSIS LABEL ON THE BAG AND A CURRENT GERMINATION TEST CONDUCTED BY AN ACCREDITED LABORATORY WILL BE ACCEPTED. 5. SEEDING SHALL OCCUR IN THE EARLY SPRING AND LATE FALL. SEEDING SHALL NOT BE PERFORMED WHEN THE GROUND IS FROZEN. FOR WARM SEASON SPECIES, SEEDING IN LATE SPRING OR EARLY SUMMER IS MORE LIKELY TO ACCOMPANY TEMPERATURES WARM ENOUGH TO SUPPORT GERMINATION. SEED THE SITE AS SOON AS FINAL GRADING AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT HAVE OCCURRED TO MINIMIZE EROSION AND WEED ESTABLISHMENT ON THE PROJECT. DURING PERIODS OF TIME WHEN SEEDING CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED, SOILS SHALL NOT REMAIN UNPROTECTED. 6. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, HAND BROADCAST OF SEED SHALL BE USED ON ALL SLOPES, INCLUDING THOSE THAT ARE STEEP (GREATER THAN 33%), EXTREMELY ROCKY, REMOTE OR INACCESSIBLE. SEED RATE WILL VARY PER SEED MIXTURE SPECIFIED. BROADCAST SEEDING REQUIRES DOUBLE OR TRIPLE THE SEEDING RATE OF DRILL SEEDING, AND CALIBRATION OF SEEDING RATES IS LESS PRECISE THAN WITH DRILL SEEDING. SOILS TO BE RAKED OR HARROWED TO ELIMINATE CRUSTING BEFORE ACCEPTING BROADCAST SEED. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO ENSURE UNIFORM COVERAGE (EVEN SEED APPLICATION RATES) OVER THE AREA. SEEDING SHALL NOT OCCUR DURING WINDY WEATHER. 7. HAND RAKE SEED INTO TOPSOIL NO MORE THAN 3/4 INCH DEEP TO COVER. SOIL / SEED CONTACT IS CRITICAL FOR GROWTH. 8. DRILL SEEDING, WHEN INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, MAY OCCUR ON SLOPES OF 33% OR FLATTER BUT NOT IN AREAS OF EXTREMELY ROCKY SOILS. SEED TO A DEPTH OF 1/4 TO 1/2 INCH. DRILL TUBE SPACING SHOULD BE SIX (6) TO SEVEN (7) INCHES. SEEDING SHOULD BE CONDUCTED ALONG THE CONTOUR OF THE SLOPE TO AVOID EROSION FROM WATER FLOWING DOWN DRILL FURROWS. SEEDING RATE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS IS CONSIDERED A MINIMUM RATE. 9. HYDROSEEDING, WHEN INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SHALL BE SPRAYED ON A ROUGHENED SLOPE USING A HYDROSEEDING MACHINE AND SHALL BE USED TO REACH AREAS THAT ARE INACCESSIBLE BY BROADCAST METHODS. USE SHALL BE LIMITED TO STEEP (GREATER THAN 33%), INACCESSIBLE SLOPES IN AREAS WITH ADEQUATE AND DEPENDABLE MOISTURE DURING THE GROWING SEASON. HYDROMULCHING MUST OCCUR AS A SEPARATE PROCESS AFTER HYDROSEEDING. DO NOT MIX SEED AND MULCH TOGETHER IN ONE WATER APPLICATION PROCESS AS THIS WILL PREVENT SEEDS FROM COMING INTO CONTACT WITH THE SOIL. 10. SEEDED AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED FREE OF WEEDS TO ALLOW THE DESIRED VEGETATION TO THRIVE WITHOUT THE CROWDING TENDENCIES OF AGGRESSIVE WEEDS. 11. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHOULD RECEIVE AN ORGANIC FERTILIZER IN LIMITED APPLICATION FOLLOWING INSTALLATION. TYPE AND APPLICATION RATE AND METHOD OF APPLICATION TO BE SPECIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 12. EXCESS FERTILIZER SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY OFF-SITE. IT SHALL NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN STORM DRAINS AND/OR DRYWELLS. SOIL AMENDMENT CRITERIA AND PREPARATION IRRIGATION 1. TOPSOIL OF GRASSES (INCLUDING TURF), SHRUBS, PERENNIALS, AND ANNUALS SHALL BE A SANDY LOAM TO A DEPTH OF AT LEAST 6 INCHES (6") CONTAINING AT LEAST 5 PERCENT (5%) ORGANIC MATTER BY VOLUME. TOPSOIL TO BE GOOD CLEAN ORGANIC SOIL (FREE OF WEEDS AND ROCKS). 2.TREE SOIL SHOULD HAVE A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 3 FEET (3'). BOTH TOPSOIL AND SUBSOIL LAYERS SHALL BE SANDY LOAM. THE TOP SOIL SHALL BE AT LEAST 6 INCHES (6") AND HAVE 5 PERCENT (5%) ORGANIC MATTER BY WEIGHT AND SUBSOIL SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE TO THREE PERCENT (1 - 3%) ORGANIC MATTER BY WEIGHT. 3. A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) CUBIC YARDS OF ORGANIC MATTER SOIL AMENDMENT PER ONE‐THOUSAND SQUARE FEET OF LANDSCAPED AREA SHALL BE REQUIRED AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE 5 PERCENT (5%) ORGANIC MATTER SPECIFICATION. 4. SOIL AMENDMENT ORGANIC MATTER SHALL CONSIST OF EITHER CLASS I AND CLASS II COMPOST. 5. AMENDMENT SHALL BE TILLED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF SIX INCHES (6"). 6. SITE SHALL BE GRADED TO WITHIN TWO‐TENTHS OF A FOOT (2/10TH') OF THE GRADING PLAN. 7. SITE SHALL BE FREE OF ROCKS AND DEBRIS OVER ONE INCH (1") DIAMETER IN SIZE. ROCKS AND DEBRIS 0.5 INCH (0.5") TO ONE INCH (1") SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 PERCENT (5%) BY VOLUME AND GRAVEL 0.6 INCH (0.6") TO 1.25 INCHES (1.25") SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 PERCENT (5%) BY VOLUME. PARTICLES SUCH AS CONCRETE, BRICK, GLASS, METAL, WOOD OR PLASTIC GREATER THAN ONE INCH (1") SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. THE TOTAL VOLUME OF THESE MATERIALS SMALLER THAN ONE INCH (1") SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 PERCENT (5%). 8. SITE SHALL BE FREE OF DIRT CLODS OVER THREE‐QUARTER INCH (3/4") DIAMETER IN SIZE. DRYLAND SEED AREAS MAY CONTAIN DIRT CLODS UP TO TWO INCH (2") DIAMETER IN SIZE. 9. STOCKPILING - STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING OF INDIGENOUS SOIL (TOPSOIL) SHALL BE REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION (EXCEPT AS WAIVED BY THE CITY OF ASPEN). THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS SOIL, PLUS ADDITIONAL SOIL AMENDMENTS, ARE CRITICAL TO SUCCESSFUL PLANT MATERIAL ESTABLISHMENT, ONGOING HEALTH, AND EFFICIENT USE OF WATER THROUGH THE LIFE OF THE PROJECT. 10. THE SOIL SHALL HAVE NO HERBICIDES, HEAVY METALS, BIOLOGICAL TOXINS OR HYDROCARBONS THAT IMPACT PLANT GROWTH OR EXCEED THE EPA'S STANDARDS FOR SOIL CONTAMINANT. 1. REFERENCE IRRIGATION SHEETS IR100 - IR103 FOR IRRIGATION PLAN AND DETAILS. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION IS INCLUDED IN NOTES BELOW. 2. ALL NEW TREES AND SHRUBS TO RECEIVE DRIP-TYPE IRRIGATION. 3. ALL REVEGETATED AREAS TO RECEIVE SPRAY-TYPE IRRIGATION FOR FIRST TWO GROWING SEASONS MINIMUM. 4. ALL PERENNIAL BEDS TO RECEIVE SPRAY-TYPE IRRIGATION. 5. ALL SPRAY-TYPE IRRIGATION TO BE DIRECTED AWAY FROM STRUCTURES. 6. INSTALL SPRAY HEADS ALONG SIDEWALKS ON POP-UP RISERS. 7. LOCATE HEADS SO THEY ARE PROTECTED FROM TRAVEL AND DO NOT CAUSE WATER TO FALL ON PAVERS, MASONRY OR OTHER ARCHITECTURAL SURFACES. 8. ADJUST HEAD LOCATION IF SPRAY IS DETRIMENTAL TO OR BLOCKED BY TREE, SHRUB OR STRUCTURE, MAINTAINING EVEN COVERAGE OF PLANTING AREAS. 9. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF SLAB PENETRATIONS FOR IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS. 10. INSTALL MAIN LINES TO SLOPE AT 1% MINIMUM TO MANUAL DRAIN VALVES LOCATED AT LOW POINTS OF THE MAIN SYSTEM. 11. INSTALL 3/4 INCH POLYETHYLENE LATERAL LINES TO SLOPE AT 1% MINIMUM TO AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES LOCATED AT LOW POINTS OF LATERAL SYSTEMS. 12. TRENCHES TO BE OF SUFFICIENT DEPTH TO PROVIDE 18 INCHES OF COVER OVER LATERAL LINES. SLEEVED LINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 24 INCHES. TRENCHES ARE TO BE BACKFILLED WITH MATERIAL FREE OF ROCKS GREATER THAN 3/4 INCH IN DIAMETER. 13. INSTALL BACKFLOW PREVENTER(S) IN COORDINATION WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND SQUARE WITH ADJACENT PAVEMENT EDGES OR STRUCTURES. COLOR, BLACK. 14. CONTROL VALVE BOX AND HEAD BOX LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. COLOR, BLACK. 15. THE FINAL LOCATION AND EXACT POSITIONING OF THE CONTROL STATION SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 16. VALVE BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE. ALIGN VALVE BOXES WITH ADJACENT PAVEMENT EDGES OR STRUCTURES. VALVE BOXES TO BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES FROM AND PARALLEL TO CURBS AND WALKS. GROUPED VALVES TO BE EQUALLY SPACED AND PARALLEL. CONCEAL ALL BOXES IN PLANTING BEDS WHERE POSSIBLE AND COVER WITH MULCH. VALVE BOXES SHALL BE INTEGRAL PLASTIC WITH BOLT DOWN LID; COLOR, BLACK. 17. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN A SET OF "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION AND DELIVER THESE DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. 18. EXCAVATIONS TO BE BACKFILLED TO PROCTOR DRY DENSITY, MINIMUM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR SETTLED TRENCHES FOR ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT THAT THE SYSTEM WILL REMAIN FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK. 19. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE IN EXCAVATING AND WORKING NEAR EXISTING UTILITIES AND IN EXISTING TREE ROOT ZONES. THE CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE LOCATION AND CONDITION OF ALL UTILITIES AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO UTILITIES. DAMAGE CAUSED BY OR DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK IS TO BE REPAIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. FIELD ADJUST SPRINKLER LOCATIONS SO AS TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH UTILITIES (FIRE HYDRANTS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC). 20. FLUSH AND ADJUST SPRINKLER HEADS FOR OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE. THIS SHALL INCLUDE THROTTLING THE FLOW CONTROL AT EACH VALVE TO OBTAIN THE OPTIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE FOR EACH SYSTEM. 21. IRRIGATION SYSTEM ARE TO BE COMPLETELY DRAINED ANNUALLY TO PROTECT PIPES FROM BURSTING PRIOR TO FREEZING TEMPERATURES. 22. PROVIDE CONDUIT/SLEEVES AS REQUIRED FOR IRRIGATION LINES THROUGH PAVEMENT AND OTHER HARDSCAPE ELEMENTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF WORK TO ENSURE ALL ISOLATED PLANTING AREAS RECEIVE ACCESS TO THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. MULCHING 1. MULCH OR PLANTING BED DRESSING SHALL BE PLACED IN ALL PLANTING AREAS AS SPECIFIED. MULCH OR PLANTING BED DRESSING SHALL NOT BE PLACED WITHIN SIX (6) INCHES OF TREE TRUNKS. MULCHING SHOULD BE REPEATED ANNUALLY DURING THE AUTUMN TO A THREE (3) INCH DEPTH. 2. THE SITE MUST BE MULCHED WITH WEED-FREE MULCH (HAY OR HYDROMULCH) AFTER SEEDING. 3. HYDROMULCH MUST BE APPLIED SEPARATELY FOLLOWING SEED APPLICATION. DO NOT OVERSPRAY AS THIS MAY RESULT IN EROSION. AN ORGANIC TACKIFIER SHALL BE ADDED TO THE SLURRY TO ENHANCE THE DURABILITY OF THE APPLIED MULCH COVER. APPLY AT A RATE OF 3,000 LBS PER ACRE (3360 KG/HA). ADD AN ORGANIC-BASED TACKIFIER AT THE RATE OF 150 LBS PER ACRE TO PREVENT EROSION. 4. HAY MULCH MUST BE WEED-FREE. HAY TO BE “CRIMPED” INTO THE SOIL SURFACE BY HAND ON STEEP SLOPES. ON FLAT SURFACES A MODIFIED DISC PLOW MAY BE UTILIZED TO DRIVE THE HAY STEMS INTO THE SOIL TO REDUCE SURFACE WIND SPEEDS AND SOIL DESICCATION. APPLY AT THE RATE OF 3,000 TO 4,000 LBS PER ACRE (3360-4480 KG/HA). ADD AN ORGANIC-BASED TACKIFIER AT THE RATE OF 150 LBS PER ACRE TO PREVENT EROSION. 5. FINE GRADE MULCH WITH INTEGRATED SOIL CONDITIONER SHALL BE USED IN AREAS PROXIMATE TO ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURES TO RETURN NUTRIENTS TO THE SOIL, REDUCE MAINTENANCE AND MINIMIZE EVAPORATION. MINI-NUGGET TYPE DECORATIVE BARK MULCH MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH SOIL CONDITIONER WHEN SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MAXIMUM MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS NOT IN CONTRACT NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OPPOSITE POINT OF BEGINNING POINT OF CURVATURE PEDESTRIAN PERFORATED PROPERTY LINE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PAVEMENT QUANTITY RADIUS REFERENCE REVISION, REVISED RIGHT OF WAY SQUARE FOOT (FEET) SIMILAR SPECIFICATIONS SQUARE STATION STANDARD TO BE DECIDED TOP OF CURB THICK TOPOGRAPHY TOP OF PAVEMENT/PAVER TOP OF RAMP TOP OF STEP TOP OF WALL TYPICAL VARIES VEHICULAR VERIFY IN FIELD WIDTH WITH WITHOUT WEIGHT YARD (YARDS) MAX MIN MISC NIC NOM NTS OC OPP POB POC PED PERF PL PVC PVMT QTY R RE REV ROW SF SIM SPECS SQ STA STD TBD TC THK TOPO TP TR TS TW TYP VAR VEH VIF W W/ W/O WT YD ARCHITECTURE AVERAGE BALLED AND BURLAPPED BOTTOM OF CURB BOTTOM OF WALL CALIPER CUBIC FOOT (FEET) CAST IN PLACE CONTROL JOINT CENTERLINE CONCRETE CONTINUOUS CUBIC DEGREE DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION DIAMETER DETAIL DRAWING EACH EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ENGINEER EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING EXPOSED FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION FINISHED GRADE FINISH FLOW LINE FOOT (FEET) GAUGE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE HORIZONTAL HIGH POINT HEIGHT INCH (INCHES) IRRIGATION JOINT LENGTH LOW POINT LIGHT ARCH AVG B&B BC BW CAL CF CIP CJ CL CONC CONT CU DEG DEMO DIA DTL DWG EA EJ EL ENG EQ EQUIP EXIST EXP FFE FG FIN FL FT GA GC HDPE HORIZ HP HT (H) IN IRR JT L LP LT SITEWORK ABBREVIATIONS DESCRIPTION/ DETAIL SPECIFICATION SPA DRAINS AND GRATES SITE WALLS STONE FLATWORK MASTER FINISH SCHEDULE GRAY BASALT, FLAME FINISHED, SAW CUT EDGE, MULTIPLE SIZES TBD, ALL STONE PAVING TO BE SNOWMELTED, 1 8" GROUT JOINTS SOLID BASALT STONE WALL, FLAME FINISHED ON TOP AND FRONT FACING SIDES, SAW CUT EDGES, 1 8" GROUT JOINTS. SPRAYED GUNITE PLASTER FINISH, DIAMOND BRIGHT ONYX , WITH GRAY BASALT WATER LINE TILE SLOT DRAIN PRODUCTS 7000 SERIES SLOT DRAIN, OTHERS TBD AGGREGATE TYPE 1: 3 8" - 1 2" ROUNDED DARK GRAY PEBBLES, TYPE 2: 3"-6" ROUNDED DARK GRAY RIVER COBBLE bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen STEPS GRAY BASALT VENEER, FLAME FINISHED, SAW CUT EDGES, INSTALLED OVER SNOWMELTED CONCRETE, WITH 1/8 " GROUT JOINTS Page 103 of 208 TREE REMOVAL SUMMARY EX. CONIFER TO BE REMOVED SYMBOL TYPE SIZE QTY. EX. DECIDUOUS TREE TO BE REMOVED 4"-18" CAL. 6"-12" CAL. TOTAL MITIGATION VALUE FOR REMOVED TREES: NOTES: 1.TREES REMOVED TO ACCOMMODATE FOR CONSTRUCTION OF NEW RESIDENCE AND/OR IN RESPONSE TO POOR HEALTH. 2. FOR PRESERVATION OF EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN, REFER TO PLANTING PLAN (L401). 3.REFER TO PLANTING PLAN (L401) FOR MITIGATION. 4. EXISTING TREE(S) TYPE, LOCATION, SIZE AND CALIPER BY OTHERS; REFER TO SURVEY. 5. ALL EXISTING TREES TO BE REMOVED ARE REPRESENTED HERE, INCLUDING THOSE NOT MEETING THE 4"/6" CALIPER STANDARD (I.E. NOT REQUIRING MITIGATION). TREE MITIGATION SUMMARY TOTAL MITIGATION VALUE OF PROPOSED NATIVE TREES (REFER TO PLANTING PLAN): TOTAL MITIGATION VALUE FOR REMOVED TREES: 5 3 LEGEND TOTAL REMAINING: EX. DECIDUOUS TO REMAIN EX. CONIFER TO REMAIN VARIOUS VARIOUS 13 4 $10,599.00 $1886.08 $10,599.00 $8,712.92 SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS EE UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT UT E G 78 8 5 7 8 8 6 7886 78 8 5 788 6 7886 7886 7886 7885 788678 8 7 7 8 8 5 DW E GV WV IVB IVB IVB IVB WSO IV B DS DS DS DS DS DS WV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PROPERTY LINE ALLEY 2N D S T R E E T W FRANCIS STREET 5' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 15' SETBACK 10 ' S E T B A C K 10 ' S E T B A C K 20 ' S E T B A C K LEGEND TREE PROTECTION FENCE SETBACK LINE PROPERTY LINE TREE PROTECTION ZONE 0 4 8 scale north L100 tree mitigation plan 08/18/2019 hpc submission 10/17/2019 hpc submission 01/16/2020 hpc submission 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen TREE #SPECIES DIAMETER (IN.) 1 2 ASPEN 10 TREE TABLE MAXIMUM MITIGATION VALUE $3533 3 4 ASPEN ASPEN 10 10 $3533 $3533 5 6 ASPEN SPRUCE 8 10 $0.00 $0.00 ASPEN 12 $0.00 1 L100 TREE PROTECTION FENCE SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NOTE: 1. ADDITIONAL PROTECTION OUTSIDE AT TREE DRIP LINE MAY BE REQUIRED (EX. 12 IN. OF MULCH). 2. FENCE MAY BE CONTINUOUS TO PROTECT MULTIPLE TREES 3. MAINTAIN FENCE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. 4. REFER TO LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL JURISDICTIONS AND GOVERNING BODIES/AGENCIES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING TREE(S) TO REMAIN STURDY PROTECTION FENCING TO BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED AT TREE DRIP LINE EXISTING GRADE TO REMAIN NO DISTURBANCE WITHIN TREE DRIPLINE TR E E D R I P L I N E TR E E D R I P L I N E 7 SPRUCE 5 $0.00 8 SPRUCE 6 $0.00 PROPOSED RESIDENCE FOOTPRINT PROPOSED RESIDENCE FOOTPRINT Page 104 of 208 SETBACK LINE NOTES LEGEND 1. LAYOUT DIMENSIONS ARE FROM THE BACK OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED. PROPERTY LINE SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS PROPERTY LINE ALLEY 2N D S T R E E T W FRANCIS STREET 5' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 15' SETBACK 10 ' S E T B A C K 10 ' S E T B A C K 20 ' S E T B A C K 0 4 8 scale north L200 layout plan 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen 5' - 4 " 26'-3" 3'-8" 6' - 1 " 8' - 1 " 4' - 8 " 21 ' - 0 " 3' - 5 " 5'-11"5'-10" 7' - 9 " 4' - 4 " 5' - 7 " 3'-6" 6' - 6 " 17'-1" 7' - 0 " 25'-10" 23'-9" 34 ' - 1 0 " 6'-9" 6'-0" 6' - 8 716 " 2' - 2 " 1' TYP (3 SIDES) 25'-10" 4'-7" 3'-11" 15'-6" 3' - 6 " 6' - 7 " 9' - 1 " 18' Page 105 of 208 SETBACK LINE AGGREGATE RE L002 LEGEND STONE RE L002 CONCRETE RE L002 PROPERTY LINE NOTES 1. EXISTING FENCES TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH NEW PAINT FINISH OF HISTORIC BUILDING. SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS PROPERTY LINE ALLEY 2N D S T R E E T W FRANCIS STREET 5' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 15' SETBACK 10 ' S E T B A C K 10 ' S E T B A C K 20 ' S E T B A C K 0 4 8 scale north L300 materials plan 08/08/2019 hpc submission 10/17/2019 hpc submission 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen SPA RE X/L80X STONE PAVERS RE 4/L801 DRY WELL W/ SOD LID RE CIVIL SLOT DRAIN RE X/L80X SLOT DRAIN AND WALL RE 4/L804 GRAVEL MAINTENANCE EDGE RE 5/L801 FENCE RE 9/L801 SECONDARY PATH - W/ PLANTED JOINT RE 11/L801 STONE DRIVEWAY (BRICK MODULE TO MATCH PRIMARY WALK) RE 3/L801 PRIMARY WALKWAY - EXISTING BRICK 1 L8 0 1 STACKED BASALT STONE WALL RE 1/L802 STONE PAVERS RE 4/801 EXISTING HISTORIC FENCE X/L80X EXISTING HISTORIC FENCE X/L80X EXISTING HISTORIC FENCE X/L80X EXISTING HISTORIC FENCE X/L80X EXISTING HISTORIC FENCE X/L80X EXISTING HISTORIC FENCE X/L80X FENCE RE 10/L801 SOFTSCAPE AREA DRAIN RE 3/L802 Page 106 of 208 LEGEND PER PLAN33#15 PER PLAN13#15 SPACING PICEA PUNGENS 'GLAUCA GLOBOSA' PpG GLOBE BLUE SPRUCE Ca SIBERIAN PEA SHRUB SHRUBS TREES ABBR. EXISTING TREES QUANTITYSIZEBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESYMBOL CARAGANA ARBORESCENS NOTES 1. TRANSITIONS BETWEEN PERENNIAL MIXES WILL BE SOFT TRANSITION ZONES. PERENNAILS GROUND COVER LAWN 0 4 8 scale north L400 planting plan 08/08/2019 hpc submission 10/17/2019 hpc submission 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen Page 107 of 208 LEGEND #15 #15 PICEA PUNGENS 'GLAUCA GLOBOSA' PpG GLOBE BLUE SPRUCE Ca SIBERIAN PEA SHRUB SHRUBS TREES ABBR. EXISTING TREES SIZEBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESYMBOL CARAGANA ARBORESCENS NOTES 1. TRANSITIONS BETWEEN PERENNIAL MIXES WILL BE SOFT TRANSITION ZONES. PERENNAILS XERIC NATIVE PERENNIALS GROUND COVER LAWN SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS 78 8 5 78 8 6 7886 78 8 5 788 6 7886 7886 7886 7885 788678 8 7 78 8 5 PROPERTY LINE ALLEY 2N D S T R E E T W FRANCIS STREET 5' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 10' SETBACK 15' SETBACK 10 ' S E T B A C K 10 ' S E T B A C K 20 ' S E T B A C K 0 4 8 scale north L401 planting plan 08/08/2019 hpc submission 10/17/2019 hpc submission 03/30/2020 50% dd 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen Page 108 of 208 L800 details 04/15/2020 75% dd 06/05/2020 hpc submission bl u e g r e e n 30 0 s o u t h s p r i n g s t r e e t l s u i t e 2 0 2 l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 8 1 6 1 1 l t 9 7 0 4 2 9 7 4 9 9 l f 9 7 0 4 2 9 9 4 9 9 ww w . b l u e g r e e n a s p e n . c o m 23 4 w f r a n c i s l a s p e n , c o l o r a d o 23 4 w f r a n c i s date l issue PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION © copyright bluegreen FENCE RAMPART (HIGH) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FENCE RAMPART (LOW) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 2'-9 1/2" FRANCIS / 2ND FENCE PLAN VIEW T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 2'-9 1/2" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 3.5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS CUT PER ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN DRAWINGS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATIONS DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 2" X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. 2" WIDE X 1/2" DEEP VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATION SIDE 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE & 45 MITER CORNER CONNECTIONS - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 3 L800 PLAN VIEW (TYP) FRANCIS / 2ND STREET FENCE SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 3.5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS CUT PER ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN DRAWINGS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATIONS T.O. EXISTING GRADE TYP. (VARIES) 0" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 2'-9 1/2" FRANCIS / 2ND STREET ELEVATION INTERIOR YARD ELEVATION 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 2" X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (LOW). & SIDE VERTICAL PIECES ABUTTING TO RAMPART (HIGH) TOP CAP. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 2" WIDE X 1/2" DEEP VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SECTION (TYP) FRANCIS & 2ND STREET FENCE L800 4 FENCE RAMPART (HIGH) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FENCE RAMPART (LOW) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FRANCIS / 2ND STREET ELEVATION FENCE 3.5" X 3.5" POST TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" STREET ELEVATION (TYP) FRANCIS / 2ND STREET FENCE L800 5 .5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS CUT PER ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN DRAWINGS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATIONS 2" WIDE X 1/2" DEEP VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 2" X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. T.O. EXISTING GRADE TYP. (VARIES) 0" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL(LOW) 2'-9 1/2" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (LOW). & SIDE VERTICAL PIECES ABUTTING TO RAMPART (HIGH) TOP CAP. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE & 45 MITER CORNER CONNECTIONS - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" INTERIOR FRONT & SIDE YARD ELEVATION (TYP) FRANCIS / 2ND STREET FENCE L800 6 T.O. EXISTING GRADE TYP. (VARIES) 0" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 2'-9 1/2" FENCE RAMPART (HIGH) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FENCE RAMPART (LOW) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FENCE 3.5" X 3.5" POST TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT INTERIOR YARD ELEVATION (TYPICAL) 3.5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS CUT PER ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN DRAWINGS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATIONS DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 2" X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (LOW). & SIDE VERTICAL PIECES ABUTTING TO RAMPART (HIGH) TOP CAP. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 2" WIDE X 1/2" DEEP VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE & 45 MITER CORNER CONNECTIONS - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 3.5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS VARY - COMBINATION OF ANGLED AND FLAT CUT TOPS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM ALLEY ELEVATIONS T.O. EXISTING GRADE TYP. (VARIES) 0" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 4'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 3'-9 1/2" ALLEY ELEVATION INTERIOR YARD ELEVATION 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: NO FILLET EDGE ALONG ALLEY RAMPART TOP CAP CONSTRUCTION. ALL CORNER PIECES 45 DEGREE MITER CUT. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 7" TO 7-3/4" WIDE X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR BUTT JOINTED BOARDS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (LOW). & SIDE VERTICAL PIECES ABUTTING TO RAMPART (HIGH) TOP CAP. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 7-1/4" TO 7-3/4" WIDE X 1/2" VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR BUTT JOINTED BOARDS/ FENCING PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. NOTE: SECTIONS OF FENCING BOARD WIDTH VARY CONSIDERABLY ALONG ALLEY. ALL BOARDS APPEAR TO TERMINATE @ GRADE NOTE: ALLEY FENCE DIMENSIONS VARY: DRAWINGS AN AVERAGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SECTION (TYP) ALLEY FENCE L800 10 FENCE RAMPART (HIGH) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FENCE RAMPART (LOW) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT EXTERIOR GRADE METAL HINGE PLATE SCREW FASTENED TO 2" X 4" WOOD PAINTED RUNNER. VERTICALLY APPLIED PAINTED WOOD 1/2" X 2" WIDE FENCING MEMBERS NOTCHED TO ACCOMMODATE FOR HINGES AS DEPICTED. GATE OUT-SWING CONDITION TYPICAL. INTERIOR YARD GATE ELEVATION T.O. EXISTING GRADE TYP. (VARIES) 0" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 2'-9 1/2" 3.5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS CUT PER ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN DRAWINGS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATIONS DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 2" X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (LOW). & SIDE VERTICAL PIECES ABUTTING TO RAMPART (HIGH) TOP CAP. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 2" WIDE X 1/2" DEEP VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE & 45 MITER CORNER CONNECTIONS - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" INTERIOR FRONT & SIDE YARD ELEVATION (TYP) FRANCIS / 2ND STREET FENCE GATES L800 9 FENCE RAMPART (HIGH) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FENCE RAMPART (LOW) TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT WEST FRANCIS GATE ELEVATION T.O. EXISTING GRADE TYP. (VARIES) 0" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 2'-9 1/2" 3.5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS CUT PER ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN DRAWINGS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATIONS DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 2" X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (LOW). & SIDE VERTICAL PIECES ABUTTING TO RAMPART (HIGH) TOP CAP. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 2" WIDE X 1/2" DEEP VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE & 45 MITER CORNER CONNECTIONS - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 234 EXTERIOR GRADE METAL HINGE PLATE SCREW FASTENED TO 2" X 4" WOOD PAINTED RUNNER. VERTICALLY APPLIED PAINTED WOOD 1/2" X 2" WIDE FENCING MEMBERS NOTCHED TO ACCOMMODATE FOR HINGES AS DEPICTED. GATE OUT-SWING CONDITION TYPICAL. SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"L800 8 STREET ELEVATION (TYP) FRANCIS / 2ND STREET FENCE GATES 3.5" X 3.5" PAINTED WOODEN POST @ 7'-3.5" O.C. TYPICAL LAYOUT. TOP OF POSTS CUT PER ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN DRAWINGS. NOTE: POSTS ALWAYS LAND BEHIND RAMPART "HIGH" TYPICAL CONDITION TO VISUALLY OBSCURE FROM FRANCIS & 2ND STREET ELEVATIONS T.O. EXISTING GRADE TYP. (VARIES) 0" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (HIGH) 3'-4" T.O. EXISTING RAMPART DETAIL (LOW) 2'-9 1/2" FRANCIS / 2ND STREET ELEVATION INTERIOR YARD ELEVATION 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (HIGH). NOTE: TOP OF RAMPART HIGH CAP 1/4" FILLET EDGE - BOTH SIDES PER DRAWING. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL DIMENSIONAL 2" X 4" PAINTED HORIZONTALLY APPLIED WOOD RUNNER / FURRING STRIP FOR FASTENING OF 2" X 1/2" VERTICAL WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT AS INDICATED. RUNNERS FASTENED AT POSTS - WOOD SCREW FASTENING TYPICAL. 1-3/4" X 1/2" PAINTED WOODEN FENCE CAP RAMPART (LOW). & SIDE VERTICAL PIECES ABUTTING TO RAMPART (HIGH) TOP CAP. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL 2" WIDE X 1/2" DEEP VERTICALLY APPLIED WOOD PAINTED EXTERIOR FENCING SLATS PER DIMENSIONAL LAYOUTS AS INDICATED. FINISH NAIL FASTENING TYPICAL. DOORSWING 90 DEGREES SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SECTION (TYP) FRANCIS & 2ND STREET FENCE GATES L800 7 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" FENCE - TYP. L800 1 4X4 NOMINAL POST IMBEDDED IN CONCRETE BASE AND PAINTED TO MATCH ADDITION GALVANIZED WOOD SCREWS, TYP. 1X3 BOARDS, BOTH SIDES AND PAINTED TO MATCH ADDITION, TYP. 5'-0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" FENCE AND GATE AT GARAGE - ELEVATION L800 2 3'-31 2"3'-4" 6' - 0 " M A X H E I G H T ADJACENT ARCHITECTURE 4X4 NOMINAL POST PAINTED TO MATCH ADDITION, TYP. GALVNIZED WOOD SCREWS, TYP. 2X4 NOMINAL GATE FRAME (HIDDEN) 1X3 NOMINAL BOARDS PAINTED TO MATCH ADDITION, TYP. LOCKING GATE HARDWARE, BLACKENED STEEL FINISH SPRING-LOADED HEAVY DUTY GATE HINGE, BLACKENED STEEL FINISH, TYP. 1" Page 109 of 208 Page 110 of 208 2 01 SITE ANALYSIS 02 LAYERS OF LIGHT 03 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PROPOSAL 04 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 05 PROPOSED FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 111 of 208 3 COLD, SATURATED BLUE EXTERIOR ATMOSPHERE WARM AND WELCOMING INTERIOR RADIANCE MINIMAL LANDSCAPE LIGHTING FOR DARKER NIGHT SKY Page 112 of 208 4 XWS01 WALL SCONCE DECORATIVE: MULTI LEVEL + SCALE APPLICATIONS MAST LIGHT CUSTOM INSPIRED XBO02 BOLLARD @ GATE ENTRANCE AND TRANSITION PATHWAYS (FINAL DESIGN TBD W/ CUSTOM FABRICATOR) HANS-AGNE JAKOBSSON: MINI-TRATTEN LIGHT CUSTOM INSPIRED 4 FT TALL XBO01 BOLLARD BETWEEN BUSHES (FINAL DESIGN TBD W/ CUSTOM FABRICATOR) TRANSITION FROM XWS02 WALL SCONCE TO LOWER LEVEL XWS03 LIGHTING Page 113 of 208 5 ARCHITECTURAL: INTEGRATED APPROACH SURFACE MOUNTED ADJUSTABLE XPR01 PROJECTORS BETWEEN BRISE-SOLEIL SLATS OPTION 1: WALL RECESSED SUBMERSIBLE XSU01 LINEAR AROUND THE HOT TUB TOP PERIMETER W/ OPTIONAL CANDLE LIGHTS OR RECHARGEABLE LANTERNS. OPTION 2: NO LIGHTS IN THE HOT TUB. EXTERIOR STEPLIGHT AND BOLLARDS, INTERIOR RADIANCE, OPTIONAL CANDLE LIGHTS OR RECHARGEABLE LANTERNS, AND THEIR REFLECTIONS ON THE WATER SURFACE BECOMES THE LIGHT SOURCES HOT TUB OPTIONS:BRISE-SOLEIL Page 114 of 208 OLD REF 6 XBO02 (X4) XPR01 (X6) XSU01 XWS03 XBO02 (X2) XWS01XWS01 XWS01 XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XWS01 XWS02 XWS02 XBO01 (X2) XBO01 (X3) XBO02 (X4) XPR01 (X6) XSU01 XWS03 XBO02 (X2) XWS01XWS01 XWS01 XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XWS01 XWS02 XWS02 REF W/ TALL BOLLARDS Page 115 of 208 OLD REF 7 CUSTOM JAKOBSSON INSPIRED XBO02 BOLLARD (FINAL DESIGN TBD W/ CUSTOM FABRICATOR) HANS-AGNE JAKOBSSON: MINI-TRATTEN XWS01 WALL SCONCE PAIRED BOLLARDS AT EACH ENTRANCE GATE MULTIPLE BOLLARDS AT EACH TRANSITION PATHWAY EVENING LIGHTING APPEARANCE REF NIGHT LIGHTING APPEARANCE REF XBO02 (X4) XPR01 (X6) XSU01 XWS03 XBO02 (X2) XWS01XWS01 XWS01 XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XWS01 XWS02 XWS02 Page 116 of 208 OLD REF 8 SURFACE MOUNTED MAST LIGHT W/ DIFFERENT BEAMSPREADS CUSTOM JAKOBSSON INSPIRED 4 FT TALL XBO01 BOLLARD BETWEEN BUSHES WALL MOUNTED XWS03 STEPLIGHT@ HOT TUB AREA W/ WIDE BEAMSPREAD XWS02 WALL SCONCES @ GARAGE W/ MEDIUM BEAMSPREAD FINAL DESIGN TBD W/ CUSTOM FABRICATOR EVENING LIGHTING APPEARANCE REF NIGHT LIGHTING APPEARANCE REF XBO02 (X4) XPR01 (X6) XSU01 XWS03 XBO02 (X2) XWS01XWS01 XWS01 XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XWS01 XWS02 XWS02 REF W/ TALL BOLLARDS Page 117 of 208 OLD REF 9 SURFACE MOUNTED ADJUSTABLE XPR01 PROJECTOR W/ SIDE ARM BETWEEN BRISE-SOLEIL SLATS ALIGN 2.25” 5.25” 5” TBD FRONTSIDE WALL RECESSED SUBMERSIBLE XSU01 LINEAR AROUND THE HOT TUB TOP PERIMETER TO CREATE A LUMINOUS BODY OF WATER TBC XBO02 (X4) XPR01 (X6) XSU01 XWS03 XBO02 (X2) XWS01XWS01 XWS01 XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XWS01 XWS02 XWS02 Page 118 of 208 10 XBO01 (X3) XBO02 (X4) XWS02 XWS02 XBO02 (X2) Page 119 of 208 11 XBO01 (X2) XWS01XWS01XWS01 (MOUNTED TO ENTRY WALL) XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XPR01 (X6) Page 120 of 208 12 XPR01 (X6) XBO02 (X4) XWS03XBO02 (X2) Page 121 of 208 13 XBO02 (X2) XBO02 (X2) XWS01 XWS02 XWS01 Page 122 of 208 14Page 123 of 208 15Page 124 of 208 16Page 125 of 208 17 Page 126 of 208 ISSUE 1: HISTORIC COMMISSION SCHEMATIC DESIGN SELLDORF ARCHITECTS 08 MAY 2020 FST 20050 | FRANCIS STREET RESIDENCE ARCHITECT: LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET 7E | NEW YORK NEW YORK 10013 | USA T +1 212 255 4463 F +1 212 255 8346 E INFO@LOBSINTL.COM 1 FRIDAY DESIGN LOCAL ARCHITECT: Page 127 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XBO02 HINKLEY LIGHTING, INC. 33000 PIN OAK PARKWAY | AVON LAKE, OHIO 44012 [PH] 330.653.5500 [F] 440.653.5555 HINKLEYLIGHTING.com | FREDRICKRAMOND.com Round Side Mount LED Path Light 16012MZ-LED ITEM NUMBER 16012MZ-LED BRAND Hinkley Lighting MATERIAL Cast Brass GLASS Etched Lens HEIGHT 21.5" WIDTH 7.5" LED COLOR TEMP 2700.0000 VOLTAGE 12v LED LUMENS 250 WATTAGE 3.80w LED *Included CERTIFICATION C-US Wet Rated FEATURES AND BENEFITS A wiring kit and ground spike is supplied. Suitable for use in wet (interior direct splash and outdoor direct rain or sprinkler) locations as defined by NEC and CEC. Meets United States UL Underwriters Laboratories & CSA Canadian Standards Association Product Safety Standards Photometrics based off engine photometrics. For complete warranty information visit (hyperlink) Lifetime warranty LED integrated components carry a 10- year limited warranty Rich dark brass finish FINISH Matte Bronze AT HINKLEY, WE EMBRACE THE DESIGN PHILOSOPHY THAT YOU CAN MERGE TOGETHER THE LIGHTING, FURNITURE, ART, COLORS AND ACCESSORIES YOU LOVE INTO A BEAUTIFUL ENVIRONMENT THAT DEFINES YOUR OWN PERSONAL STYLE. WE HOPE YOU WILL BE INSPIRED BY OUR COMMITMENT TO KEEP YOUR 'LIFE AGLOW.' CUSTOM FINISH: PATINATED BRASS CCT: 2700K DIMMABLE LED, HARDWIRED FINAL DESIGN TBD W/ MFR OR CUSTOM FABRICATOR Page 128 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XBO02 HINKLEY LIGHTING 33000 Pin Oak Parkway Avon Lake, OH. 44012 (P) 800.442.5539 / (F) 440.653.5500 www.hinkleylighting.com Luminaire Lamp / Lens Assembly Replacement Typical Ground Stake Mounting start here SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Note: This Luminaire is designed for use with Hinkley approved 12 volt landscape systems. Connection to other systems may cause premature failure or non-intended operation. LUMINAIRE ASSEMBLY: 1. Unpack luminaire head & stem (there are no serviceable parts in the LED engine. Removal or dismantling the LED may render the luminaire nonfunctional). 2. Place luminaire head over stem and thread clockwise until seated snuggly. 3. Place top shade (not shown) over Luminaire head and thread until securely fastened. 4. Proceed to mounting instructions below. LENS REPLACEMENT: 1. Remove top shade (not shown) by turning in counter clockwise direction. 2. Grasp luminaire head below harp and turn harp in counter clockwise direction. 3. Remove harp and frosted dome lens. 4. Replace lamp and follow steps 1-3 in reverse order. LUMINAIRE MOUNTING: (for typical ground stake mounting) 1. To prevent electrical shock, disconnect transformer from electrical supply before installation or service. 2. Run wire from Luminaire through mounting hole in top of ground stake. 3. Attach Luminaire to ground stake by threading to the mounting hole in stake until it fits snuggly against the bottom of stem. 4. Place stake in desired position and insert into ground until the flange of stake is flush with ground. 5. Strip the two wire leads from the Luminaire and connect to the main supply wire using the provided silicone filled wirenuts. INSTRUCTIONS PERTAINING TO A RISK OF FIRE, OR INJURY TO PERSONS, IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS. Lighted Lamp is HOT! WARNING – To reduce the risk of FIRE OR INJURY TO PERSONS: Lamp gets hot quickly! Contact only switch / plug when turning on. Do not touch hot lens, guard or enclosure. Keep lamp away from materials that may burn. Do not operate the luminaire fitting with a missing or damaged shield. Luminaires shall not be installed within 10 feet (3m) of pool, spa or fountain. The main low voltage cable from the Luminaire is to be: 1. Protected by routing in close proximity to the luminaire or fitting, or next to a building structure such as a house or deck. 2. The main secondary wire is intended for shallow burial – less than 6 inches (15.2cm) - in order to connect to the main low voltage cable. 3. Have the length cut off so that it is connected to a connector within 6 inches (15.2cm) from a building structure, a luminaire or fitting. I.S.16004LED Installation Instructions Page 129 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XBO02 HINKLEY LIGHTING, INC. 33000 PIN OAK PARKWAY | AVON LAKE, OHIO 44012 [PH] 440.653.5500 [F] 440.653.5555 HINKLEYLIGHTING.COM INSTRUCTIONS FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF HINKLEY LIGHTING FIXTURES Hinkley Lighting warrants its products against defects in material and workmanship for one year from date of installation. Hinkley Lighting will, at its discretion, repair or replace any properly installed Hinkley product which fails under normal operating conditions. Please refer to Hinkley Lighting limited one year warranty for additional details. Proper care and maintenance of your fixture is important. Simple steps can be taken to help maintain the finish and electrical integrity of your recently purchased Hinkley Lighting fixture. Below are several suggestions for maintaining fixtures. FINISH CARE Bath and indoor fixtures should be cleaned with a non-abrasive cloth. Paper base cleaning materi- als should not be used. These are too abrasive and will put scratches in the lacquer used to finish your fixture. Over time this will dull the finish. Always use a soft cloth to clean your fixture. To add additional protections to your fixture, a spray on furniture polish (such as Jubilee) can be used. Spray polish on cloth than wipe onto fixture. Outdoor fixtures can be cleaned by using a mild dish soap, (such as Dawn) and a soft cloth. This will remove any grease or dirt from the fixture. Fixtures can be rinsed off with a garden hose. FIXTURE MAINTENANCE Always use recommended lamp wattages on fixtures. Using a lamp with a higher wattage than recommended can cause overheating in outdoor and indoor fixtures. This will reduce lamp life considerably and could be cause to VOID a warranty. Outdoor fixtures have drain holes in the bottom of the cages. These should be cleaned out twice a year to make sure water does not accumulate in the bottom of the fixture. Bugs and other debris should be cleaned out. GLASS MAINTENANCE Glass in outdoor fixtures should be cleaned with a mild soap. Many window cleaners today have harsh chemicals that over time can cause a finish to break down. Glass should be dried with a soft cloth. Glass on indoor fixtures can be cleaned with any available glass cleaner. Glass must be removed from fixture before cleaning. Use a soft cloth to dry. Thank you for purchasing a Hinkley Lighting fixture. Page 130 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 Blank - Aluminum B - Brass DELTA STAR™ MR-16 LED RELEASED 08-08-2019 DRAWING NUMBER SUB-117D-06 40429 Brickyard Drive • Madera, CA 93636 • USA559.438.5800 • FAX 559.438.5900 www.bklighting.com • info@bklighting.comB-K LIGHTING PROJECT: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 7"(178mm) 1 5/8"(41mm) 1"(25mm) 2 1/4"(57mm) 4 3/4"(121mm) 360SL™ Knuckle Example - DS - MR - 359 - WHP - 10 - 11 - E - 360SL CATALOG NUMBER LOGIC Lens Type Finish Shielding Options 360SL - 360SL™ Rotational Knuckle Mounting System Material Series Lamp DS - Delta Star™ Source MR - MR16 LED Lamp Cap Style A - 45° B - 90° D - 45° less Weep Hole E - 90° less Weep Hole (for Interior Use Only) (for Interior Use Only) 11 - Honeycomb Baffle* 9 - Clear (Standard) 10 - Spread* 12 - Soft Focus* 13 - Rectilinear* * Accommodates up to 2 Lens/Shielding media DS MR TYPE: CATALOG NUMBER: LAMP(S): NOTES: Powder Coat Color Satin Wrinkle Bronze BZP BZW Black BLP BLW White (Gloss)WHP WHW Aluminum SAP — Verde —VER Aluminum Finish Machined MAC Polished POL MitiqueTM MIT Brass Finish Premium Finish ABP Antique Brass Powder CMG Cascade Mountain Granite RMG Rocky Mountain Granite AMG Aleutian Mountain Granite CRI Cracked Ice SDS Sonoran Desert Sandstone AQW Antique White CRM Cream SMG Sierra Mountain Granite BCM Black Chrome HUG Hunter Green TXF Textured Forest BGE Beige MDS Mojave Desert Sandstone WCP Weathered Copper BPP Brown Patina Powder NBP Natural Brass Powder WIR Weathered Iron CAP Clear Anodized Powder OCP Old Copper Also available in RAL FinishesSee submittal SUB-1439-00 0 - By Others 359 - LED/MR16 (7.5W)10° Spot 2700K 361 - LED/MR16 (7.5W) 25° Narrow Flood 2700K 362 - LED/MR16 (7.5W) 36° Flood 2700K 363 - LED/MR16 (7.5W) 10° Spot 3000K 365 - LED/MR16 (7.5W) 25° Narrow Flood 3000K 366 - LED/MR16 (7.5W) 36° Flood 3000K FINISH: TO MATCH PERGOLA FINISH PER ARCHITECT SPEC OR TBC W/ ARCHITECT CAP STYLE: ‘B’ - 90° MOUNTING: CUSTOM SIDE ARM, SURFACE MOUNTED TO PERGOLA BEAM STRUCTURE. FINAL DIMENSION AND DETAIL TO BE COORDINATED W/ ARCHITECT, PERGOLA FABRICATOR AND MFR. CCT: 2700K, DIMMABLE LED TO REMOTE POWER SUPPLY OR INTEGRATED IF POSSIBLE (PREFERRED) BEAMSPREAD AND LENS: TBC W/ MOCK UP OR LIGHTING CALCULATION Page 131 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 40429 Brickyard Drive • Madera, CA 93636 • USA559.438.5800 • FAX 559.438.5900 www.bklighting.com • info@bklighting.comB-K LIGHTING 7"(178mm) 1 5/8" (41mm) 1"(25mm) 2 1/4"(57mm) 4 3/4" (121mm) 360SL™ Knuckle 7"(178mm) 1 5/8"(41mm) 1"(25mm) 2 1/4"(57mm) 4 3/4"(121mm) 360SL™ Knuckle GreenSource Initiative™ Metal and packaging components are made from recycled materials. Manufactured using renewable solar energy, produced on site. Returnable to manufacturer at end of life to ensure cradle-to-cradle handling. Packaging contains no chlorofluorocarbons (CFC’s). Use of this product may qualify for GreenSource efficacy and recycling rebate(s). Consult www.bklighting.com/greensource for program requirements. Materials Furnished in Copper-Free Aluminum (Type 6061-T6), or Brass (Type 360). Body Fully machined from solid billet. Unibody design provides enclosed, water-proof wireway and heat sink to maximize lamp life. Integral knuckle for maximum mechanical strength. High temperature, silicone ‘O’ Ring provides water- tight seal. Knuckle The LOCK™ (Locking ‘O’ Ring Compression Knuckle) is comprised of two components. The first is integral to the body and features an interior, machined taper. The second is machined from solid billet and features a second, reverse angle taper. The resultant mechanical taper-lock allows a full 180° vertical adjustment without the use of serrated teeth, which inherently limit aiming. High temperature, silicone ‘O’ Ring provides water-tight seal and compressive resistance to maintain fixture position. Design withstands 73 lb. static load prior to movement to ensure decades of optical alignment. ½” pipe thread for mounting. Optional 360SL™ additionally provides biaxial source control with 360° horizontal rotation in addition to vertical adjustment. Cap Fully machined. Accommodates [1] lens or louver media. Choose from 45° cutoff (‘A’ or ‘D’), or 1” deep bezel with 90° cutoff (‘B’ or ‘E’) cap styles. ‘A’ and ‘B’ caps include weep-hole for water and debris drainage. ‘D’ and ‘E’ caps exclude weep- hole and are for interior use only. Lens Shock resistant, tempered, glass lens is factory adhered to fixture cap and provides hermetically sealed optical compartment. Lamp For use with 50 watt maximum, bi-pin MR16 lamps. Not for use with IR technology lamps. Halogen source by others. *Except GE Light Q42MR16/C/VNSP9 (EZY). Transformer For use with 12 VAC remote transformer. Socket Specification grade, ceramic body lamp holder. GU5.3 base. Nickel allow contacts and heat resistant, spring loaded, stainless steel lamp retaining clips. Wiring Teflon® coated wire, 18AWG, 600V, 250° C rated and certified to UL 1659 standard. Hardware Tamper-resistant, stainless steel hardware. LOCK™ aiming screw is additionally black oxide treated for additional corrosion resistance. Finish StarGuard®, our exclusive RoHs compliant, 15 stage chromate-free process cleans and conversion coats aluminum components prior to application of Class ‘A’ TGIC polyester powder coating. Brass components are available in powder coat or handcrafted metal finish. Warranty 5 year limited warranty. Listings UL Listed. Certified to CAN/CSA/ANSI Standards. RoHs compliant. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use. Suitable for use in wet locations. Suitable for installation within 4’ of the ground. Made in USA. ®Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont Corporation. RELEASED 08-08-2019 DRAWING NUMBER SUB-117D-06 “A/D” CAP DELTA STAR™ MR-16 LED “B/E” CAP Horizontal Rotation (Optional 360SL™ Knuckle) 180° Vertical adjustment (Standard) SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT: TYPE: 7"(178mm) 1 5/8"(41mm) 1"(25mm) 2 1/4"(57mm) 4 3/4"(121mm) 360SL™ Knuckle All dimensions indicated on this submittal are nominal. Contact Technical Sales if you require more stringent specifications. CAP STYLE: ‘B’ - 90° MOUNTING: CUSTOM SIDE ARM, SURFACE MOUNTED TO PERGOLA BEAM STRUCTURE. FINAL DIMENSION AND DETAIL TO BE COORDINATED W/ ARCHITECT, PERGOLA FABRICATOR AND MFR. Page 132 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MR16 GU5.3 7.5W 12V Form Factor Operating Temperature Electrical Dimming and Flicker Width: 50.1mm (1.97”)Minimum: -40°C (ambient)Wattage: 7.5W Dimmable to <20% Height: 45.5mm (1.79”)Typical: 85 °C - 95°C (base)Power factor: 0.92 Flicker Index: 0.02 Weight: 47g Maximum: 100°C (base)Voltage: 12V +/– 1.2V Percent Flicker: 5% Frequency: 50/60Hz SORAA VIVID™ Soraa VIVID lamps offer beautiful and accurate color and white rendering across the entire visible spectrum, mimicking the natural range of sunlight to deliver unmatched quality of light for color critical applications. POINT SOURCE OPTICS™ Point Source Optics deliver exceptional beam quality with crisp shadows, perfect uniformity and precisely controlled beam distributions from 10° to 36°. SORAA VIVID COLOR™ Soraa VIVID lamps utilize full spectrum light to provide industry-leading color rendition of CRI/95, R9/95, Rf/90, Rg/100 for precise color reproduction. SORAA NATURAL WHITE™ Soraa VIVID lamps are engineered to deliver outstanding whiteness rendering for true-to-life whites, which matches or exceeds incandescent sources at 2700K and 3000K. FLICKER FREE™ Advanced drivers provide a flicker and noise free experience for enhanced comfort, achieving low levels of flicker in both dimmed and undimmed states. ENERGY EFFICIENCY 85% more energy efficient than standard halogen lamps, with typical payback of one year or less. THERMAL COMPATIBILITY Suitable for use in fully enclosed fixtures, subject to the maximum heatsink temperature limits stated in this data sheet. Designed to safely turn down in high temperature environments to protect LED and components. ELECTRICAL COMPATIBILITY Works with trailing edge and leading edge phase cut dimmers, 12V AC magnetic and electronic transformers and 12V DC transformers. Check individual lamp website pages for compatibility data. For more information visit: www.soraa.com. INTENDED USE & LOCATION RATING Intended for use in MR16 compatible recessed downlights, track lighting and other indoor and outdoor applications. Suitable for damp locations, not rated for use in wet locations. LIFETIME & WARRANTY Rated lifetime to L70: 35,000hrs Warranty: 3yrs or 25,000hrs whichever comes first For warranty information visit: www.soraa.com/resources/legal. ACCESSORIES Narrow spot compatible with the Soraa SNAP System™. Output Beam Angle Color Temperature Color Metrics Applications 390 - 455 lumen 10°, 25°, 36° 2700K, 3000K, 4000K CIE Metrics: CRI 95, R9 95 TM30 Metrics: Rf 90, Rg 100 Whiteness Index: Rw 100 Hotels & Hospitality Galleries & Museums High-End Retail SM16 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change 12VAC CRI95 JA8 Page 133 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 10 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 0.5 1.1 11.1% 1.0 2.1 2.8% 1.6 3.2 1.2% 2.1 4.2 0.7% 2.6 5.3 0.4% DIMENSIONS COLOR RENDERING 3’ 6’ 9’ 12’ 15’ No Violet Cyan gap Red lack Note: Footcandles may be calculated by multiplying the CBCP of the desired model number by the percentage in the tables above 25 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 1.3 2.1 11.1% 2.7 4.1 2.8% 4.0 6.2 1.2% 5.3 8.3 0.7% 6.7 10.3 0.4% 36 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 1.9 3.1 11.1% 3.9 6.1 2.8% 5.8 9.2 1.2% 7.8 12.2 0.7% 9.7 15.3 0.4% 3’ 6’ 9’ 12’ 15’ SM16 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Base Temperature Measured Here 50.1mm(1.97”) 45.5mm (1.79”) Page 134 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 SPECIFICATIONS BY MODEL NUMBER* SORAA LED MR16 GU5.3 7.5W 12V Model #Product Code CCT (K) Beam Angle Field Angle CBCP (Cd) Total Flux (Lm) Efficacy (Lm/W) McA SNAP Certification VIVID SERIES SM16-07-10D-927-03 00919 2700 10 20 5710 390 52 3 YES JA8 SM16-07-25D-927-03 00931 2700 25 40 2260 410 55 3 -JA8 SM16-07-36D-927-03 00943 2700 36 57 1070 410 55 3 -JA8 SM16-07-10D-930-03 00923 3000 10 20 6000 410 55 3 YES JA8 SM16-07-25D-930-03 00935 3000 25 40 2400 435 58 3 -JA8 SM16-07-36D-930-03 00947 3000 36 57 1130 435 58 3 -JA8 SM16-07-10D-940-03 00925 4000 10 20 6290 430 58 4 YES - SM16-07-25D-940-03 00937 4000 25 40 2510 455 61 4 - - SM16-07-36D-940-03 00949 4000 36 57 1190 455 61 4 - - CCT: Correlated Color Temperature McA: White Point Accuracy in McA step SNAP: SORAA SNAP System Compatible *Specifications are at stable warm operating conditions (25°C ambient) SM16 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Page 135 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 COLOR ACCURACY SPECTRAL POWER DISTRIBUTIONWHITENESS INDEXSERIES/CCT VIVID 2700K VIVID 3000K VIVID 4000K Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 Rw: 100 CRI: 95, R9: 95 Rw: 100Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 CRI: 95, R9: 95 CRI: 95, R9: 95Rw: 70 75 50 25 0 125 100 75 50 25 0 125 100 75 50 25 0 125 100 Rf: TM-30 metric measuring color fidelity (whether colors are similar to those under natural light). Rf is a more accurate version of the CRI Ra. Rf is 100 for natural light.Rg: TM-30 metric measuring color gamut (whether colors are more saturated than under natural light). Rg is 100 for natural light.Rfh1: TM-30 metric measuring color fidelity for red tones. Rfh1 is a more accurate version of the CRI R9. Rfh1 is 100 for natural light.Rw: Soraa-developed metric to measure white fidelity. Rw measures the magnitude of excitation of whitening agents within whites. Rw is about 100 for natural light. Information and specifications subject to change SM16 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Soraa Inc. 6500 Kaiser Drive, Suite 110 Fremont, CA 94555 855 GO-SORAA / 855 467-6722 www.soraa.com Page 136 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 The award winning Soraa SNAP SYSTEMTM is the first LED lamp/accessory solution that is optimized to work as an integrated system. Based on high brightness single source GaN on GaN™ LED technology, it completely redefines accessory application. The effects that can be achieved are similar to what can be done with halogen sources, but are enabled by a relatively low operating temperature and ground-breaking optical design, materials, and methods of attachment. SNAP SYSTEM ACCESSORIES DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT The SNAP SYSTEM's self-centering magnetic interconnect system makes using accessories completely user friendly. Simply attached the SNAP SYSTEM accessory directly to any Narrow Spot Soraa lamp, the magnetic force from both the accessory and lamp will securely attached to one another and center itself. STACKING ACCESSORIES SNAP SYSTEM accessories can be stacked in combination. For example, a beam spreader can be used in combination with CCT shifter. When combining the beam shaping Snap accessory with CCT shifting Snap Accessory, for best results always place CCT shifting Snap on the lamp first, as shown in diagram below. Beam Shaping Snap CCT Shift Snap PHOTOMETRICS IES files of accessories is available for download at http://www.soraa.com/products/snap_system SMALL (2") COMPATIBILITY The SNAP SYSTEM accessories Small (2") are compatible with the lamps and Optical Light Engines outlined below. The SNAP SYSTEM are only compatible with SORAA Narrow Spot lamps and Optical Light Engines. See each accessory data for exact diameter. Small (2") MR16 GU10 PAR20 OLE/C 16 2" (50MM) Page 137 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Use in wall washes and illuminating asymmetric objects. Reduces required number of light fixtures and spill illumination of target objects. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle Angle Horiz. Vert. 10° - 25° AC-GE-1025-00 00331 52% 27° 35° 10° - 36° AC-GE-1036-00 00333 38% 27° 43° 10° - 60° AC-GE-1060-00 03259 25% 25° 70° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F LINEAR SNAP Provides even illumination center to edge. Eliminates video camera saturation, for use in applications such as critical video surveillance. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle Angle Horiz. Vert. 25° x 25° AC-FR-2525-00 00335 19% 44° 44° 36° x 36° AC-FR-3636-00 00337 14% 46° 46° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F FLAT TOP SNAP Use in any application where reducing the number of beam angle SKUs is required. Reduces inventory costs. Shortens specification, design, sales cycles. Provides maximum flexibility up to the time of installation. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle 17° AC-GC-1717-00 03263 30% 33° 25° AC-GC-2525-00 00325 29% 40° 36° AC-GC-3636-00 00327 14% 55° 60° AC-GC-6060-00 00329 5% 103° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F BEAM SPREADER SNAP 7˚ Page 138 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Use in hospitality and restaurant applications to simulate warm dimming. Create custom colors for festive occasions or brand identity. Single Lamp SKU can be used for multiple color temperatures CTO* Part Number Product Lumen Mired Code Transmissivity Shift 1/4 AC-CC-0001-00 00323 90% 37 1/2 AC-CC-0002-00 00321 75% 83 3/4 AC-CC-0003-00 00319 60% 120 *Color Temperature Orange Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F CCT SHIFT EFFECT Starting 1/4 CTO 1/2 CTO 3/4 CTOLamp CCT 2,700K 2,450K 2,200K 2,000K 3,000K 2,700K 2,400K 2,200K 4,000K 3,500K 3,000K 2,700K CCT SHIFTER SNAP Designed with two lenses the Aim Snap bends the beam from 0 degree to maximum deflection angle of 20 degrees, while maintaining uniform and consistent color and shape. AIM SNAP Part Number Lumen Transmission Max Deflection AC-AM-0020-00 85%20° 13° Beam Angle Product Code 03255 Suggested method of use: Use the orientation lines to adjust beam deflection angle. Narrower angle between orientation lines results in more deflection Wider angle between orientation lines results in lesser deflection Stacked orientation lines will result in undesirable optical artifacts. Rotate one lens slightly to mitigate. Note: May be used with Beam Spreader, Linear, and Flat Top SNAP accessory. Eliminates high angle glare, making light beams disappear in downlight applications. Cutoff Part Number Product CBCP ofAngle Code 10˚ Lamp 40° AC-LU-4040-00 00339 63% Diameter: 51.1 mm Thickness: 9.0 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F Reduces angular intensity to 0.1% of peak at 40° full angle. Fits around lamp face. Can be used in combination with gimbal ring fixtures. LOUVER SNAP Page 139 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XPR01 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Soraa Inc. 6500 Kaiser Drive, Suite 110, Fremont, CA 94555 855 GO-SORAA / 855-467-6722 • www.soraa.com Information and specifications subject to change. Rev A 042417 Use together with gel and dichroic filters for total color freedom. Produce the exact mood and effect for any environment with the Clear SNAP accessory, Clear Snap are sold in quantities of ten. Part Number Product Lumen Lumen Code Transmissivity Transmissivity (1 Snap) (2 Snaps) AC-CL-0000-00 02183 93% 87% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F CLEAR SNAP CL Suggested method of use for: Gel Filter Dichroic Filter CLEAR SNAP GEL CLEAR SNAPDICHROIC Enhance is a unique color-enhancing filter. Designed to modify the spectrum of Soraa Vivid lamps, it increases the vividness of warm colors (including red, orange and pink colors) as well as greens. In applications where a more colorful setting is sought, Enhance lets the richness of colors stand out even more. Part Number Product Lumen Whiteness Code Transmissivity AC-EN-0001-00 03281 75% 130% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.20 lb-F ENHANCE SORAA VIVID ENHANCE SNAP Rf:90, Rg:100 Rw (Whiteness): 120 (2700K & 3000K) Rf:75, Rg:112 Rw (Whiteness): 130 (2700K & 3000K) Application Notes: Can be used in combination with any SORAA Vivid 10o lamp. Recommended use with CCTs of 3000K and 2700K Recommend that the Enhance be combined with either a Louver Snap accessory (for 10o spot applications) or with a Beam Spreader Snap accessory (for other beam angles). When stacking the Enhance Snap with other Snap accessories the Enhance Snap should be placed as the first filter on the lamp, followed by other Snaps. Page 140 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XSU01 79 Trenton Avenue, Frenchtown NJ 08825 © Copyright 2018 Designplan Lighting, Inc. sales@designplan.com www.designplan.com P: 908-996-7710 F: 908-996-7042Published: November 1, 2019 1 of 3 Job Name/Date:Fixture Type Designation: datasheet RIO SUB 1 SERIES RIO SUB 1.1, 1.2 DB Model No.CCT Optics RS1100 - Rio Sub 1.1 F - 2600K DB - Diffuse RS1200 - Rio Sub 1.2 5 - 2800K 9 - 3700K 6 - RGB Slim, sleek and tough, the Rio Sub Series can be used for outdoor and underwater applications and illuminates ground, wall and ceiling installations with no dark zone between fixtures. Available in Static White or RGB and with the use of the aluminum housing is walkover up to 1100 lbs. TECHNICAL DATA ORDERING INFORMATION Example: RS11005DB. Accessories / Power Supplies ordered separately. Wattage / Input See Chart on page 2. (24VDC) Power Supply Remote, not included. See page 3. Construction Body: 316L Stainless Steel End Caps: 316L Stainless Steel Lens: Opal PMMA Cable Length: 16.4’ CCT 2600K, 2800K, 3700K, RGB CRI >80 Delivered Lumens See Chart on page 2. Efficacy 23 lm/W (White), 11.8 lm/W (RGB) Optics Diffuse Finishes N/A Cut-Out Dimensions See Chart on page 2. Fixture Dimensions See Chart on page 2. Fixture Weight See Chart on page 2. LED Source SMD Low Power (SW), SMD Full Color (RGB) Lumen Maintenance L80>50,000hrs Color Consistency 3-Step MacAdam Operating Temp.-4°F to +113°F IP Rating IP68 Impact Rating IK10 Walkover Up to 1100 lbs OUTER CASING REQUIRED SIZE / OUTPUT: TBD W/ MOCK UP CCT: TBD W/ SAMPLE REVIEW MFR TO CONFIRM: - POOL RATING FOR US PROJECT - HOT TUB COMPATIBILITY AND FIXTURE DIMMABILITY Page 141 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XSU01 79 Trenton Avenue, Frenchtown NJ 08825 © Copyright 2018 Designplan Lighting, Inc. sales@designplan.com www.designplan.com P: 908-996-7710 F: 908-996-7042Published: November 1, 2019 2 of 3 Job Name/Date:Fixture Type Designation: datasheet RIO SUB 1 SERIES RIO SUB 1.1, 1.2 RIO SUB 1.1 RIO SUB 1.2 WHITE RGB WHITE RGB Wattage 6W 8.5W 12W 17W Delivered Lumens (2800K)140 lm 100 lm 280 lm 200 lm Fixture Dim. (l,w,h)20.08” x 0.79” x 2.28” 39.76” x 0.79” x 2.28” Cut-Out Size (l,w) 2.28” x 21.46” 2.28” x 41.14” Fixture Weight 1.63 lbs 3.24 lbs TECHNICAL DATA PHOTOMETRIC DATA H (ft) 1.64' Ø (ft) 5.51' 11.06' 22.11' 27.62' 33.17' 3.28' 6.56' 8.20' 9.84' Fc max (2800K) 2W 16.07 3.99 1.02 0.65 0.46 30°30° 0° C0 - C180cd/klm max 308 DD - Diffuse 2.28" 1.69” 20.08" 0.79” 39.76" 0.79" 1.69" 2.28" Fixture Dimensions Rio Sub 1.1 Rio Sub 1.2 Page 142 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XSU01 79 Trenton Avenue, Frenchtown NJ 08825 © Copyright 2018 Designplan Lighting, Inc. sales@designplan.com www.designplan.com P: 908-996-7710 F: 908-996-7042Published: November 1, 2019 3 of 3 Job Name/Date:Fixture Type Designation: datasheet RIO SUB 1 SERIES RIO SUB 1.1, 1.2 Part Number Description Input/Output # of Fixtures / Power Supply Rio Sub 1.1 Rio Sub 1.2 PPLT00056 Non-Dim 120-277VAC to 24VDC, 26W, Class 2 1 - 3 1 - 4 PPLT00157 Non-Dim 120VAC to 24VDC, 60W, Class 2 1 - 8 1 - 2 SUGGESTED POWER SUPPLIES STATIC WHITE, 24VDC Part Number Description Input/Output # of Fixtures / Power Supply Rio Sub 1.1 Rio Sub 1.2 PPLT00288 DMX / RDM (Field Addressable) /Dali / 0-10V 120-277VAC to 24VDC, 100W 1 - 9 1 - 4 RGB, 24VDC - FOR USE WITH FOUNTAIN / WATER FEATURES FPV-100EL0024 DMX / RDM (Field Addressable) /Dali 120-277VAC to 24VDC, 100W 1 - 9 1 - 4 RGB, 24VDC ACCESSORIES Installation WN8011 - Alignment Kit For Stainless Steel Outer Casings WN6006 - Extractors (Pair) For Outer Casings POWER SUPPLY / ACCESSORIES ORDERING Power Supply Installation Accessories 3.74"5.39" 2.28" Stainless steel outer casing Stainless Steel Outer Casing REQUIRED WC8551 - Rio Sub 1.1 (L 21.46”) WC8552 - Rio Sub 1.2 (L 41.14”) For other power supply options consult factory. 24VDC - FOR USE WITH FOUNTAIN / WATER FEATURES Part Number Description Input/Output # of Fixtures Rio Sub 1.1 Rio Sub 1.2 FPV-100000024 Non-Dim 120-277VAC to 24VDC, 100W, Class 2 1-13 1-6 FPV-100100024 0-10V Dimming to 1.0%120-277VAC to 24VDC, 100W, Class 2 1-13 1-6 FPV-100EL0024 DMX / RDM (Field Addressable) / DALI 120-277VAC to 24VDC, 100W, Class 2 1-12 1-4 Page 143 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XSU01 Ma x i m u m W i r i n g D i s t a n c e ( F e e t ) 79 T r e n t o n A v e n u e F r e n c h t o w n , N J 0 8 8 2 5 Ca l l : 9 0 8 - 9 9 6 - 7 7 1 0 F a x : 9 0 8 - 9 9 6 - 7 0 4 2 w w w . d e s i g n p l a n . c o m 10 A W G (5 . 6 m m ² ) 12 A W G (3 . 3 m m ² ) 14 A W G (2 . 0 m m ² ) 16 A W G (1 . 3 m m ² ) 18 A W G (0 . 7 8 m m ² ) 20 A W G (0 . 5 0 m m ² ) 22 A W G (0 . 3 3 m m ² ) 24 A W G (0 . 2 m m ² ) 26 A W G (0 . 1 3 m m ² ) 35 0 m A 71 4 4 2 0 27 5 17 0 1 0 8 68 43 26 16 50 0 m A 47 1 2 7 7 18 1 11 2 71 44 28 17 10 70 0 m A 35 7 2 1 0 13 7 85 54 34 21 13 8 10 5 0 m A 23 8 1 4 0 92 57 36 23 14 9 5 14 0 0 m A 17 9 1 0 5 69 43 27 17 11 7 4 17 5 0 m A 14 3 84 55 34 22 14 9 5 3 21 0 0 m A 11 9 70 46 28 18 11 7 4 3 24 5 0 m A 10 2 60 39 24 15 10 6 4 2 28 0 0 m A 89 53 34 21 14 9 5 3 2 31 5 0 m A 79 47 31 19 12 8 5 3 2 35 0 0 m A 71 42 27 17 11 7 4 3 2 38 5 0 m A 65 38 25 15 10 6 4 2 1 42 0 0 m A 60 35 23 14 9 6 4 2 1 45 5 0 m A 55 32 21 13 8 5 3 2 1 49 0 0 m A 51 30 20 12 8 5 3 2 1 12 W 50 0 2 9 4 19 2 11 9 76 48 30 18 11 25 W 24 0 1 4 1 92 57 36 23 14 9 6 60 W 10 0 59 38 24 15 10 6 4 2 17 W 70 6 4 1 5 27 1 16 8 1 0 7 67 42 26 16 25 W 48 0 2 8 2 18 5 11 4 73 46 29 18 11 40 W 30 0 1 7 6 11 5 71 45 29 18 11 7 80 W 15 0 88 58 36 23 14 9 5 3 10 0 W 12 0 71 46 29 18 11 7 4 3 WI R E S I Z E LED SYSTEM Constant Current 12Vdc 24Vdc Page 144 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XSU01 LIGHTING PROTECTION RATINGS IP Protection RatingsIPXX Protection from Solid Objects, Dust & Moisture 6 Dust Tight No Dust Entry 5 Dust Proof 4 Solid Objects > 0.04” 3 Solid Objects > 0.10” 2 Accessibility Probe > 0.47” 1 Solid Objects > 1.97” 0 Not Protected/Evaluated 9 High Pressure & Temperature Jet 8 Pressure Watertight > 0.04” Submersion Tested at 1.3X Rating 7 Watertight 0.04” Submersion 6 Powerful Jet Proof 5 Jet Proof 4 Splash Proof Water Spray 360° 3 Rain Proof Water Spray 60° from vertical 2 Drip Proof when tilted 15° from vertical 1 Drip Proof Vertical Drops 0 Not Protected/Evaluated IP_X Solid Objects & Dust Protection IPX _ Moisture Protection Page 145 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS01 Tratten mini Tratten was designed by the company Jakobsson during the 1960´s and has become a true classic. Today many of his objects are seen as true collective items. Hans Agne Jakobsson’s design was characterized by his strive of working with materials that made the light in his objects pleasant and non- blinding. NICKELPLATED BRASS ROUGH COPPER ROUGH BRASS CUSTOM FINISH: PATINATED BRASS CCT: 2700K DIMMABLE LED Page 146 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS01 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Design Örsjö Electrical data Class I IP23 230V Description Rough copper, nickel-plated brass or rough brass Connection Hard-wired Light source Fixed 1x4W LED-module included, dimmable Weight 1 kg Volume 0,05 m³ Care Download Care Instructions Recycling Download Recycling Manual ARTICLE NO. & MODEL J30201F69 Rough copper J30201F70 Nickel-plated brass J30201F72 Rough brass Specification CUSTOM FINISH: PATINATED BRASS CCT: 2700K DIMMABLE LED Page 147 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS01 Dimensions 105 ø 70ø 135 190 WALL LAMP TRATTEN MINI Visit www.orsjo.com for more info CUSTOM FINISH: PATINATED BRASS CCT: 2700K DIMMABLE LED Page 148 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 3.3” (84MM) 3.6” (92MM) 0749 Mast Light, Mains Voltage PRODUCT CODE: US-DP0749 BULB CAP: GU10 MAX WATTAGE: 35W VOLTAGE: 120V (AC) BULB TYPE: PAR16 Specifications IP RATING: IP54 MATERIAL(S): ALUMINIUM/BRONZE, GLASS AVAILABLE FINISH: ANODISED, POLISHED OR SANDBLASTED ALUMINIUM. POLISHED, SANDBLASTED OR WEATHERED SANDBLASTED EZNORB This product is available for specific markets. Retrofit LED compatible.Made in the UK MAINS (120V) VOLTAGE FITTING- NO TRANSFORMER/DRIVER REQUIRED THE MATCHING CAST BACKPLATE IS DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED OVER STANDARD 4" OCTAGONAL JUNCTION BOXES (DIRECT MOUNTING TO WALL). STATED DIMENSIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY. DUE TO MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES OF SAND-CASTING, THE ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH PRODUCT MAY DIFFER TO THOSE STATED. LAMP NOT SUPPLIED 4.7” (120MM) 3” (78MM) 5.9” (150MM)5.5” (140MM) FINISH: SANDBLASTED WEATHERED BRONZE MFR TO CONFIRM: - IF THE FIXTURE’S IP RATING BELOW IS INACCURATE OR IF THERE IS ANOTHER CODE / VERSION FOR EXTERIOR (SEE PG. 2 FOR EXTERIOR USE DESCRIPTION FROM THE MFR WEBSITE). - IF THE FIXTURE CAN BE MOUNTED TO THE WALL WITHOUT BACKPLATE AND J-BOX FOR A CLEANER LOOK (SEE PG. 3 FOR REF). MR16 GU10 CCT: 2700K DIMMABLE LED BEAMSPREAD TBD Page 149 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 Page 150 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 Page 151 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 Ma r i n e M a s t L i g h t In s t r u c t i o n M a n u a l US - D P 0 7 4 9 Sa f e t y & I n s t a l l a t i o n I n s t r u c t i o n s MA D E I N B R I T A I N OR I G I N A L B T C . C O M +4 4 ( 0 ) 1 9 9 3 8 8 2 2 5 1 UN I T 2 1 / 2 2 A V E N U E O N E , S T A T I O N L A N E , W I T N E Y , O X 2 8 4 X Z , E N G L A N D Es t a b l i s h e d i n 1 9 9 0 , O r i g i n a l B T C m a n u f a c t u r e s r e l a x e d , f a m i l i a r l i g h t i n g f o r t r a d i t i o n a l a n d c o n t e m p o r a r y h o m e s . Al l p r o d u c t s a r e h a n d - a s s e m b l e d i n O x f o r d f r o m h i g h q u a l i t y c o m p o n e n t s , p r o d u c e d i n t h e U K . v1 . 4 - 11 . 1 8 Ot h e r I m p o r t a n t I n f o r m a t i o n Sw i t c h o f f a t m a i n s b e f o r e c h a n g i n g l a m p ( s ) . N e v e r f i t a l a m p o f g r e a t e r w a t t a g e t h a n r e c o m m e n d e d . E n s u r e c h i l d r e n d o n o t pl a y w i t h t h e l i g h t f i t t i n g . D i s p o s e o f o l d l a m p s c a r e f u l l y . N e v e r l e a v e a f i t t i n g w i t h o u t a l a m p i n p o s i t i o n ( o r s o m e o n e c a n ac c i d e n t l y t o u c h t h e c o n t a c t s ) . I f t h e e l e c t r i c a l f l e x o r e l e c t r i c a l c o m p o n e n t s b e c o m e d a m a g e d a t a n y p o i n t , p o w e r t o t h e f i t t i ng sh o u l d b e d i s c o n n e c t e d i m m e d i a t e l y a n d n o t o p e r a t e d u n t i l t h e d a m a g e d p a r t s a r e f i x e d / r e p l a c e d . Cl e a n i n g a n d M a i n t e n a n c e Me t a l f i n i s h e s s h o u l d o n l y b e c l e a n e d w i t h a s o f t , d r y c l o t h . D o n o t u s e p o l i s h e s o r a b r a s i v e s . Sw i t c h o f f p o w e r t o t h e f i t t i n g be f o r e c l e a n i n g . En s u r e t h a t t h e e l e c t r i c a l s u p p l y i s O F F . D i s c o n n e c t t h e e l e c t r i c a l s u p p l y a t t h e f u s e - b o a r d . If r e m o v i n g a n e x i s t i n g f i t t i n g f i r s t , n o t e a l l w i r i n g c o n n e c t i o n s : r e c o r d w h i c h o f t h e h o u s e w i r e s i s c o n n e c t e d t o t h e l i v e (h o t ) , n e u t r a l a n d e a r t h ( g r o u n d ) t e r m i n a l s . Ca r e f u l l y i d e n t i f y w h e r e t h e s u p p l y c a b l e i s ( a n d c h e c k t h e r e a r e n o o t h e r c a b l e s i n t h e a r e a ) t o a v o i d d a m a g e t o c o n c e a l e d wi r i n g d u r i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n . Po s i t i o n t h e l i g h t w h e r e d e s i r e d e n s u r i n g t h a t t h e r e i s i s a c c e s s t o a s u i t a b l e j u n c t i o n b o x f o r t h e f i x t u r e a n d s u i t a b l e su p p o r t a d j a c e n t t o w h e r e y o u w i l l c o n n e c t t o t h e h o u s e s u p p l y a n d m a r k p o s i t i o n o f f i x i n g h o l e s , b e f o r e d r i l l i n g ap p r o p r i a t e h o l e s a s b e l o w . a. B r i c k o r m a s o n r y : D r i l l h o l e s i n t o w h i c h t h e w a l l p l u g s t i g h t l y f i t , t h e n i n s e r t w a l l p l u g s . b. W o o d : N o h o l e n e c e s s a r y ( u n l e s s s m a l l p i l o t h o l e r e q u i r e d ) , s c r e w s c a n b e s c r e w e d d i r e c t l y i n t o t h e t i m b e r . c. P l a s t e r / C a v i t y : S p e c i a l c a v i t y w a l l f i t t i n g s a r e r e q u i r e d , r a t h e r t h a n p r o v i d e d f i x i n g s . Op e n y o u r e x i s t i n g j u n c t i o n b o x ( i f y o u d o n o t h a v e o n e i n t h e d e s i r e d p o s i t i o n y o u w i l l n e e d t o g e t a n e l e c t r i c i a n t o in s t a l l o n e ) . I n y o u r j u n c t i o n b o x t h e r e s h o u l d b e t w o s u p p l y w i r e s a n d o n e g r o u n d w i r e . C o n n e c t y o u r n e w l a m p t o t h e el e c t r i c a l s u p p l y u s i n g U L a p p r o v e d w i r e n u t s . C o n n e c t t h e l i v e ( h o t ) b l a c k w i r e f r o m t h e p o w e r s u p p l y t o t h e b l a c k co n d u c t o r o n t h e l u m i n a i r e c a b l e , t h e n t h e w h i t e ( n e u t r a l ) w i r e t o t h e w h i t e c o n d u c t o r o n t h e l u m i n a i r e c a b l e a n d b a r e co p p e r o r g r e e n / y e l l o w g r o u n d w i r e t o t h e g r o u n d t e r m i n a l o r g r e e n / y e l l o w w i r e c o n n e c t e d t o t h e f i t t i n g . Su p p o r t t h e f i t t i n g s o t h a t n o s t r a i n i s a p p l i e d t o t h e w i r i n g w h e n m a k i n g t h e e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o n s . Do u b l e c h e c k a l l t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e s e c u r e , n o w i r e s a r e t r a p p e d b e h i n d o r w i t h i n t h e f i t t i n g a n d c o m p l e t e t h e in s t a l l a t i o n , s c r e w i n g t h e f i t t i n g t o t h e w a l l , o v e r y o u r j u n c t i o n b o x . Fi t t h e c o r r e c t t y p e a n d w a t t a g e o f b u l b , r e f e r r i n g t o g u i d a n c e i n s i d e . D o n o t o v e r t i g h t e n b u l b . Sw i t c h o n a t t h e f u s e - b o a r d . Y o u r l i g h t f i t t i n g i s n o w r e a d y f o r u s e . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L N Li v e ( H o t ) KE Y Ne u t r a l Ea r t h L = N = = *M a i n s Su p p l y Fi t t i n g BL A C K GR N / Y E L WH I T E BL A C K *WH I T E *c h e c k i n s t a l l a t i o n EN G W A R N I N G – R I S K O F F I R E A N D E L E C T R I C S H O C K . T H I S P R O D U C T I S B E S T I N S T A L L E D B Y A Q U A L I F I E D E L E C T R I C I A N . I N S T A L L I N A C C O R D A N C E W I T H C U R R E N T N E C W I R I N G R E G U L A T I O N S . S U I T A B L E F O R D A M P L O C A T I O N S T H E F I T T I N G M U S T B E G R O U N D E D . T U R N O F F P O W E R A T T H E M A I N F U S E B E F O R E C O M M E N C I N G I N S T A L L A T I O N . FR A T T E N T I O N – R I S Q U E D ’ I N C E N D I E , R I S Q U E D E C H O C . C E P R O D U I T D O I T Ê T R E I N S T A L L É S E L O N L E C O D E D ’ I N S T A L L A T I O N P E R T I N E N T , P A R U N E P E R S O N N E Q U I C O N N A Î T B I E N L E P R O D U I T E T S O N F O N C T I O N N E M E N T A I N S I Q U E L E S R I S Q U E S I N H É R E N T S . C O N V I E N T A U X E M P L A C E M E N T S H U M I D E S L ’ A P P A R E I L D O I T Ê T R E M I S À L A T E R R E . C O U P E Z L E F U S I B L E P R I N C I P A L A V A N T D E C O M M E N C E R L ’ I N S T A L L A T I O N . LA M P G U I D A N C E TY P E * WA T T A G E * * BA S E SH A P E MF R T O C O N F I R M : - I F T H E F I X T U R E T H E I P R A T I N G B E L O W I S I N A C C U R A T E O R I F TH E R E I S A N O T H E R C O D E / V E R S I O N F O R E X T E R I O R ( S E E P G . 2 F O R EX T E R I O R U S E D E S C R I P T I O N F R O M T H E M F R W E B S I T E ) . - I F T H E F I X T U R E C A N B E M O U N T E D T O T H E W A L L W I T H O U T BA C K P L A T E A N D J - B O X F O R A C L E A N E R L O O K ( S E E P G . 3 F O R R E F ) . Page 152 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 Ma r i n e M a s t L i g h t US - D P 0 7 4 9 PL E A S E R E A D T H E I N S T R U C T I O N S O N T H E R E V E R S E B E F O R E Y O U B E G I N I N S T A L L I N G Y O U R L I G H T 12 0 V a c 6 0 H z In s t a l l a t i o n D i a g r a m IP 5 4 Co n t e n t s 1 - M a s t L i g h t & P l a q u e 2 - G U 1 0 l a m p h o l d e r / c a p 3 - M a s t L i g h t D o o r 4 - D o o r s c r e w s x 3 5 - F i x i n g s c r e w s x 4 6 - R a w l p l u g s x 4 Ke y A - M a s t L i g h t B - W a l l F i x i n g s C - M a s t L i g h t p l a q u e D - W i r e n u t s * E - M a i n s s u p p l y F - R a w l p l u g s G - J u n c t i o n b o x * To o l s / H a r d w a r e r e q u i r e d 7 - U L a p p r o v e d w i r e n u t s 8 - J u n c t i o n b o x - S c r e w d r i v e r , f l a t - h e a d In s t a l l a t i o n a n d A s s e m b l y I n s t r u c t i o n s 2 3 87 4 5 6 1 GU 1 0 P A R 1 6 LA M P G U I D A N C E TY P E * WA T T A G E * * BA S E SH A P E  HA L O G E N LE D 35 W M A X 6W * W a r m w h i t e ( 2 7 0 0 k ) l o w e n e r g y l a m p s r e c o m m e n d e d - P h i l i p s & S o r a a l a m p s h a v e s u i t a b l e m o d e l s w i t h i n t h e i r r a n g e s . ** W a t t a g e v a l u e p r o v i d e d a s a g u i d e t o s u i t a b l e l a m p s . L o w e r w a t t a g e t h a n s t a t e d m a y b e u s e d . A 1 B C D E F G En s u r e s l a c k i n f l e x i n m a s t l i g h t b o d y w h e n i n s t a l l i n g 1 *N o t s u p p l i e d - U s e t h e p l a q u e a s a t e m p a l t e t o m a r k o u t l o c a t i o n s f o r f i x i n g t h e f i t t i n g t o t h e w a l l . - F o l l o w i n s t r u c t i o n s o v e r l e a f t o m a k e t h e n e c e s s a r y h o l e s i n t h e m o u n t i n g s u f a c e a n d i n s e r t r a w l p l u g s i f r e q u i r e d - M a k e c o n n e c t i o n t o t h e m a i n s s u p p l y f o l l o w i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s o v e r l e a f . - I n s e r t l a m p - e n s u r i n g t h e r e i s s o m e s l a c k i n t h e f l e x t o a l l o w f o r f u t r e r e - l a m p i n g , t h e n f i t t h e m a s t l i g h t d o o r t o t h e b o d y . - W h e n i n s t a l l i n g i n a n e x t e r i o r o r b a t h r o o m l o c a t i o n , i t i s i m p o r t a n t t h a t t h e r e a r o f t h e f i t t i n g i s p r o t e c t e d f r o m p o t e n t i a l m o i s t u r e i n g r e s s t o t h e r e a r c a b l e e n t r y . I t i s a d v i s e d t h a t a t h i n b e a d o f w a t e r p r o o f s i l i c o n e s e a l a n t i s a p p l i e d a r o u n d t h e f i t t i n g w h e n i n s t a l l i n g t o p r e v e n t a n y d a m a g e c a u s e d b y m o i s t u r e i n g r e s s . MF R T O C O N F I R M : - I F T H E F I X T U R E T H E I P R A T I N G B E L O W I S I N A C C U R A T E O R I F T H E R E I S AN O T H E R C O D E / V E R S I O N F O R E X T E R I O R ( S E E P G . 2 F O R E X T E R I O R U S E DE S C R I P T I O N F R O M T H E M F R W E B S I T E ) . - I F T H E F I X T U R E C A N B E M O U N T E D T O T H E W A L L W I T H O U T B A C K P L A T E AN D J - B O X F O R A C L E A N E R L O O K ( S E E P G . 3 F O R R E F ) . MR 1 6 G U 1 0 Page 153 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MR16 GU10 7.5W 120V 12VAC 120VAC CRI95GU10 Form Factor Operating Temperature Electrical Dimming and Flicker Width: 49.9mm (1.96”)Minimum: -40°C (ambient)Wattage: 7.5W Dimmable to <20% Height: 53.5mm (2.10”)Typical: 85 °C - 95°C (base)Power factor: 0.93 Flicker Index: <0.12 Weight: 61g Maximum: 100°C (base)Voltage: 120V +/- 12V Percent Flicker: 40% Frequency: 50/60Hz SORAA VIVID™ Soraa VIVID lamps offer beautiful and accurate color and white rendering across the entire visible spectrum, mimicking the natural range of sunlight to deliver unmatched quality of light for color critical applications. POINT SOURCE OPTICS™ Point Source Optics deliver exceptional beam quality with crisp shadows, perfect uniformity and precisely controlled beam distributions from 10° to 60°. SORAA VIVID COLOR™ Soraa VIVID lamps utilize full spectrum light to provide industry-leading color rendition of CRI/95, R9/95, Rf/90, Rg/100 for precise color reproduction. SORAA NATURAL WHITE™ Soraa VIVID lamps are engineered to deliver outstanding whiteness rendering for true-to-life whites, which matches or exceeds incandescent sources at 2700K and 3000K. FLICKER Soraa lamps demonstrate low levels of flicker in both dimmed and undimmed states. ENERGY EFFICIENCY 85% more energy efficient than standard halogen lamps, with typical payback of one year or less. ACCESSORIES Narrow spot compatible with the Soraa SNAP System™. THERMAL COMPATIBILITY Suitable for use in fully enclosed fixtures, subject to the maximum heatsink temperature limits stated in this data sheet. Designed to safely turn down in high temperature environments to protect LED and components. ELECTRICAL COMPATIBILITY Works with trailing edge and leading edge phase cut dimmers. Check individual lamp website pages for compatibility data. For more information visit: www.soraa.com. INTENDED USE & LOCATION RATING Intended for use in MR16 GU10 compatible recessed downlights, track lighting and other indoor applications Suitable for damp locations, not rated for use in wet locations LIFETIME & WARRANTY Rated lifetime to L70: 35,000hrs Warranty: 3yrs or 25,000hrs whichever comes first For warranty information visit: www.soraa.com/resources/legal Output Beam Angle Color Temperature Color Metrics Applications 390 - 455 lumen 10°, 25°, 36°, 60° 2700K, 3000K, 4000K CIE Metrics: CRI 95, R9 95 TM30 Metrics: Rf 90, Rg 100 Whiteness Index: Rw 100 Hotels & Hospitality Galleries & Museums High-End Retail SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Page 154 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 10 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 0.5 1.1 11.1% 1.0 2.1 2.8% 1.6 3.2 1.2% 2.1 4.2 0.7% 2.6 5.3 0.4% DIMENSIONS COLOR RENDERING 3’ 6’ 9’ 12’ 15’ No Violet Cyan gap Red lackBase Temperature Measured Here 49.9mm (1.96”) 53.5mm (2.10 ”) Note: Footcandles may be calculated by multiplying the CBCP of the desired model number by the percentage in the tables above 25 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 1.3 2.1 11.1% 2.7 4.1 2.8% 4.0 6.2 1.2% 5.3 8.3 0.7% 6.7 10.3 0.4% 36 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 1.9 3.1 11.1% 3.9 6.1 2.8% 5.8 9.2 1.2% 7.8 12.2 0.7% 9.7 15.3 0.4% 3’ 6’ 9’ 12’ 15’ 60 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 3.5 5.4 11.1% 6.9 10.8 2.8% 10.4 16.2 1.2% 13.9 21.6 0.7% 17.3 27.0 0.4% SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Page 155 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 SPECIFICATIONS BY MODEL NUMBER* SORAA LED MR16-GU10 7.5W 120V Model #Product Code CCT (K) Beam Angle Field Angle CBCP (Cd) Total Flux (Lm) Efficacy (Lm/W) McA SNAP VIVID SERIES SM16GA-07-10D-927-03 01111 2700 10 17 5710 390 52 3 YES SM16GA-07-25D-927-03 01123 2700 25 38 2260 410 55 3 - SM16GA-07-36D-927-03 01135 2700 36 54 1070 410 55 3 - SM16GA-07-60D-927-03 01573 2700 60 84 420 410 55 3 - SM16GA-07-10D-930-03 01115 3000 10 17 6000 410 55 3 YES SM16GA-07-25D-930-03 01127 3000 25 38 2400 435 58 3 - SM16GA-07-36D-930-03 01139 3000 36 54 1130 435 58 3 - SM16GA-07-60D-930-03 01577 3000 60 84 440 435 58 3 - SM16GA-07-10D-940-03 01117 4000 10 17 6290 430 58 4 YES SM16GA-07-25D-940-03 01129 4000 25 38 2510 455 61 4 - SM16GA-07-36D-940-03 01141 4000 36 54 1190 455 61 4 - SM16GA-07-60D-940-03 01579 4000 60 84 460 455 61 4 - CCT: Correlated Color Temperature McA: White Point Accuracy in McA step SNAP: SORAA SNAP System Compatible *Specifications are at stable warm operating conditions (25°C ambient) SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Page 156 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 COLOR ACCURACY SPECTRAL POWER DISTRIBUTIONWHITENESS INDEXSERIES/CCT VIVID 2700K VIVID 3000K VIVID 4000K Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 Rw: 100 CRI: 95, R9: 95 Rw: 100Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 CRI: 95, R9: 95 CRI: 95, R9: 95Rw: 70 75 50 25 0 125 100 75 50 25 0 125 100 75 50 25 0 125 100 Rf: TM-30 metric measuring color fidelity (whether colors are similar to those under natural light). Rf is a more accurate version of the CRI Ra. Rf is 100 for natural light.Rg: TM-30 metric measuring color gamut (whether colors are more saturated than under natural light). Rg is 100 for natural light.Rfh1: TM-30 metric measuring color fidelity for red tones. Rfh1 is a more accurate version of the CRI R9. Rfh1 is 100 for natural light.Rw: Soraa-developed metric to measure white fidelity. Rw measures the magnitude of excitation of whitening agents within whites. Rw is about 100 for natural light. Information and specifications subject to change SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Soraa Inc. 6500 Kaiser Drive, Suite 110 Fremont, CA 94555 855 GO-SORAA / 855 467-6722 www.soraa.com Page 157 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 The award winning Soraa SNAP SYSTEMTM is the first LED lamp/accessory solution that is optimized to work as an integrated system. Based on high brightness single source GaN on GaN™ LED technology, it completely redefines accessory application. The effects that can be achieved are similar to what can be done with halogen sources, but are enabled by a relatively low operating temperature and ground-breaking optical design, materials, and methods of attachment. SNAP SYSTEM ACCESSORIES DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT The SNAP SYSTEM's self-centering magnetic interconnect system makes using accessories completely user friendly. Simply attached the SNAP SYSTEM accessory directly to any Narrow Spot Soraa lamp, the magnetic force from both the accessory and lamp will securely attached to one another and center itself. STACKING ACCESSORIES SNAP SYSTEM accessories can be stacked in combination. For example, a beam spreader can be used in combination with CCT shifter. When combining the beam shaping Snap accessory with CCT shifting Snap Accessory, for best results always place CCT shifting Snap on the lamp first, as shown in diagram below. Beam Shaping Snap CCT Shift Snap PHOTOMETRICS IES files of accessories is available for download at http://www.soraa.com/products/snap_system SMALL (2") COMPATIBILITY The SNAP SYSTEM accessories Small (2") are compatible with the lamps and Optical Light Engines outlined below. The SNAP SYSTEM are only compatible with SORAA Narrow Spot lamps and Optical Light Engines. See each accessory data for exact diameter. Small (2") MR16 GU10 PAR20 OLE/C 16 2" (50MM) Page 158 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Use in wall washes and illuminating asymmetric objects. Reduces required number of light fixtures and spill illumination of target objects. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle Angle Horiz. Vert. 10° - 25° AC-GE-1025-00 00331 52% 27° 35° 10° - 36° AC-GE-1036-00 00333 38% 27° 43° 10° - 60° AC-GE-1060-00 03259 25% 25° 70° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F LINEAR SNAP Provides even illumination center to edge. Eliminates video camera saturation, for use in applications such as critical video surveillance. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle Angle Horiz. Vert. 25° x 25° AC-FR-2525-00 00335 19% 44° 44° 36° x 36° AC-FR-3636-00 00337 14% 46° 46° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F FLAT TOP SNAP Use in any application where reducing the number of beam angle SKUs is required. Reduces inventory costs. Shortens specification, design, sales cycles. Provides maximum flexibility up to the time of installation. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle 17° AC-GC-1717-00 03263 30% 33° 25° AC-GC-2525-00 00325 29% 40° 36° AC-GC-3636-00 00327 14% 55° 60° AC-GC-6060-00 00329 5% 103° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F BEAM SPREADER SNAP 7˚ Page 159 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Use in hospitality and restaurant applications to simulate warm dimming. Create custom colors for festive occasions or brand identity. Single Lamp SKU can be used for multiple color temperatures CTO* Part Number Product Lumen Mired Code Transmissivity Shift 1/4 AC-CC-0001-00 00323 90% 37 1/2 AC-CC-0002-00 00321 75% 83 3/4 AC-CC-0003-00 00319 60% 120 *Color Temperature Orange Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F CCT SHIFT EFFECT Starting 1/4 CTO 1/2 CTO 3/4 CTOLamp CCT 2,700K 2,450K 2,200K 2,000K 3,000K 2,700K 2,400K 2,200K 4,000K 3,500K 3,000K 2,700K CCT SHIFTER SNAP Designed with two lenses the Aim Snap bends the beam from 0 degree to maximum deflection angle of 20 degrees, while maintaining uniform and consistent color and shape. AIM SNAP Part Number Lumen Transmission Max Deflection AC-AM-0020-00 85%20° 13° Beam Angle Product Code 03255 Suggested method of use: Use the orientation lines to adjust beam deflection angle. Narrower angle between orientation lines results in more deflection Wider angle between orientation lines results in lesser deflection Stacked orientation lines will result in undesirable optical artifacts. Rotate one lens slightly to mitigate. Note: May be used with Beam Spreader, Linear, and Flat Top SNAP accessory. Eliminates high angle glare, making light beams disappear in downlight applications. Cutoff Part Number Product CBCP ofAngle Code 10˚ Lamp 40° AC-LU-4040-00 00339 63% Diameter: 51.1 mm Thickness: 9.0 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F Reduces angular intensity to 0.1% of peak at 40° full angle. Fits around lamp face. Can be used in combination with gimbal ring fixtures. LOUVER SNAP Page 160 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS02 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Soraa Inc. 6500 Kaiser Drive, Suite 110, Fremont, CA 94555 855 GO-SORAA / 855-467-6722 • www.soraa.com Information and specifications subject to change. Rev A 042417 Use together with gel and dichroic filters for total color freedom. Produce the exact mood and effect for any environment with the Clear SNAP accessory, Clear Snap are sold in quantities of ten. Part Number Product Lumen Lumen Code Transmissivity Transmissivity (1 Snap) (2 Snaps) AC-CL-0000-00 02183 93% 87% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F CLEAR SNAP CL Suggested method of use for: Gel Filter Dichroic Filter CLEAR SNAP GEL CLEAR SNAPDICHROIC Enhance is a unique color-enhancing filter. Designed to modify the spectrum of Soraa Vivid lamps, it increases the vividness of warm colors (including red, orange and pink colors) as well as greens. In applications where a more colorful setting is sought, Enhance lets the richness of colors stand out even more. Part Number Product Lumen Whiteness Code Transmissivity AC-EN-0001-00 03281 75% 130% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.20 lb-F ENHANCE SORAA VIVID ENHANCE SNAP Rf:90, Rg:100 Rw (Whiteness): 120 (2700K & 3000K) Rf:75, Rg:112 Rw (Whiteness): 130 (2700K & 3000K) Application Notes: Can be used in combination with any SORAA Vivid 10o lamp. Recommended use with CCTs of 3000K and 2700K Recommend that the Enhance be combined with either a Louver Snap accessory (for 10o spot applications) or with a Beam Spreader Snap accessory (for other beam angles). When stacking the Enhance Snap with other Snap accessories the Enhance Snap should be placed as the first filter on the lamp, followed by other Snaps. Page 161 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 3.3” (84MM) 3.6” (92MM) 0749 Mast Light, Mains Voltage PRODUCT CODE: US-DP0749 BULB CAP: GU10 MAX WATTAGE: 35W VOLTAGE: 120V (AC) BULB TYPE: PAR16 Specifications IP RATING: IP54 MATERIAL(S): ALUMINIUM/BRONZE, GLASS AVAILABLE FINISH: ANODISED, POLISHED OR SANDBLASTED ALUMINIUM. POLISHED, SANDBLASTED OR WEATHERED SANDBLASTED EZNORB This product is available for specific markets. Retrofit LED compatible.Made in the UK MAINS (120V) VOLTAGE FITTING- NO TRANSFORMER/DRIVER REQUIRED THE MATCHING CAST BACKPLATE IS DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED OVER STANDARD 4" OCTAGONAL JUNCTION BOXES (DIRECT MOUNTING TO WALL). STATED DIMENSIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY. DUE TO MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES OF SAND-CASTING, THE ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH PRODUCT MAY DIFFER TO THOSE STATED. LAMP NOT SUPPLIED 4.7” (120MM) 3” (78MM) 5.9” (150MM)5.5” (140MM) FINISH: SANDBLASTED WEATHERED BRONZE MFR TO CONFIRM: - IF THE FIXTURE’S IP RATING BELOW IS INACCURATE OR IF THERE IS ANOTHER CODE / VERSION FOR EXTERIOR (SEE PG. 2 FOR EXTERIOR USE DESCRIPTION FROM THE MFR WEBSITE). - IF THE FIXTURE CAN BE MOUNTED TO THE WALL WITHOUT BACKPLATE AND J-BOX FOR A CLEANER LOOK (SEE PG. 3 FOR REF). MR16 GU10 CCT: 2700K DIMMABLE LED BEAMSPREAD TBD Page 162 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 Page 163 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 Page 164 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 Ma r i n e M a s t L i g h t In s t r u c t i o n M a n u a l US - D P 0 7 4 9 Sa f e t y & I n s t a l l a t i o n I n s t r u c t i o n s MA D E I N B R I T A I N OR I G I N A L B T C . C O M +4 4 ( 0 ) 1 9 9 3 8 8 2 2 5 1 UN I T 2 1 / 2 2 A V E N U E O N E , S T A T I O N L A N E , W I T N E Y , O X 2 8 4 X Z , E N G L A N D Es t a b l i s h e d i n 1 9 9 0 , O r i g i n a l B T C m a n u f a c t u r e s r e l a x e d , f a m i l i a r l i g h t i n g f o r t r a d i t i o n a l a n d c o n t e m p o r a r y h o m e s . Al l p r o d u c t s a r e h a n d - a s s e m b l e d i n O x f o r d f r o m h i g h q u a l i t y c o m p o n e n t s , p r o d u c e d i n t h e U K . v1 . 4 - 11 . 1 8 Ot h e r I m p o r t a n t I n f o r m a t i o n Sw i t c h o f f a t m a i n s b e f o r e c h a n g i n g l a m p ( s ) . N e v e r f i t a l a m p o f g r e a t e r w a t t a g e t h a n r e c o m m e n d e d . E n s u r e c h i l d r e n d o n o t pl a y w i t h t h e l i g h t f i t t i n g . D i s p o s e o f o l d l a m p s c a r e f u l l y . N e v e r l e a v e a f i t t i n g w i t h o u t a l a m p i n p o s i t i o n ( o r s o m e o n e c a n ac c i d e n t l y t o u c h t h e c o n t a c t s ) . I f t h e e l e c t r i c a l f l e x o r e l e c t r i c a l c o m p o n e n t s b e c o m e d a m a g e d a t a n y p o i n t , p o w e r t o t h e f i t t i ng sh o u l d b e d i s c o n n e c t e d i m m e d i a t e l y a n d n o t o p e r a t e d u n t i l t h e d a m a g e d p a r t s a r e f i x e d / r e p l a c e d . Cl e a n i n g a n d M a i n t e n a n c e Me t a l f i n i s h e s s h o u l d o n l y b e c l e a n e d w i t h a s o f t , d r y c l o t h . D o n o t u s e p o l i s h e s o r a b r a s i v e s . Sw i t c h o f f p o w e r t o t h e f i t t i n g be f o r e c l e a n i n g . En s u r e t h a t t h e e l e c t r i c a l s u p p l y i s O F F . D i s c o n n e c t t h e e l e c t r i c a l s u p p l y a t t h e f u s e - b o a r d . If r e m o v i n g a n e x i s t i n g f i t t i n g f i r s t , n o t e a l l w i r i n g c o n n e c t i o n s : r e c o r d w h i c h o f t h e h o u s e w i r e s i s c o n n e c t e d t o t h e l i v e (h o t ) , n e u t r a l a n d e a r t h ( g r o u n d ) t e r m i n a l s . Ca r e f u l l y i d e n t i f y w h e r e t h e s u p p l y c a b l e i s ( a n d c h e c k t h e r e a r e n o o t h e r c a b l e s i n t h e a r e a ) t o a v o i d d a m a g e t o c o n c e a l e d wi r i n g d u r i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n . Po s i t i o n t h e l i g h t w h e r e d e s i r e d e n s u r i n g t h a t t h e r e i s i s a c c e s s t o a s u i t a b l e j u n c t i o n b o x f o r t h e f i x t u r e a n d s u i t a b l e su p p o r t a d j a c e n t t o w h e r e y o u w i l l c o n n e c t t o t h e h o u s e s u p p l y a n d m a r k p o s i t i o n o f f i x i n g h o l e s , b e f o r e d r i l l i n g ap p r o p r i a t e h o l e s a s b e l o w . a. B r i c k o r m a s o n r y : D r i l l h o l e s i n t o w h i c h t h e w a l l p l u g s t i g h t l y f i t , t h e n i n s e r t w a l l p l u g s . b. W o o d : N o h o l e n e c e s s a r y ( u n l e s s s m a l l p i l o t h o l e r e q u i r e d ) , s c r e w s c a n b e s c r e w e d d i r e c t l y i n t o t h e t i m b e r . c. P l a s t e r / C a v i t y : S p e c i a l c a v i t y w a l l f i t t i n g s a r e r e q u i r e d , r a t h e r t h a n p r o v i d e d f i x i n g s . Op e n y o u r e x i s t i n g j u n c t i o n b o x ( i f y o u d o n o t h a v e o n e i n t h e d e s i r e d p o s i t i o n y o u w i l l n e e d t o g e t a n e l e c t r i c i a n t o in s t a l l o n e ) . I n y o u r j u n c t i o n b o x t h e r e s h o u l d b e t w o s u p p l y w i r e s a n d o n e g r o u n d w i r e . C o n n e c t y o u r n e w l a m p t o t h e el e c t r i c a l s u p p l y u s i n g U L a p p r o v e d w i r e n u t s . C o n n e c t t h e l i v e ( h o t ) b l a c k w i r e f r o m t h e p o w e r s u p p l y t o t h e b l a c k co n d u c t o r o n t h e l u m i n a i r e c a b l e , t h e n t h e w h i t e ( n e u t r a l ) w i r e t o t h e w h i t e c o n d u c t o r o n t h e l u m i n a i r e c a b l e a n d b a r e co p p e r o r g r e e n / y e l l o w g r o u n d w i r e t o t h e g r o u n d t e r m i n a l o r g r e e n / y e l l o w w i r e c o n n e c t e d t o t h e f i t t i n g . Su p p o r t t h e f i t t i n g s o t h a t n o s t r a i n i s a p p l i e d t o t h e w i r i n g w h e n m a k i n g t h e e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o n s . Do u b l e c h e c k a l l t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e s e c u r e , n o w i r e s a r e t r a p p e d b e h i n d o r w i t h i n t h e f i t t i n g a n d c o m p l e t e t h e in s t a l l a t i o n , s c r e w i n g t h e f i t t i n g t o t h e w a l l , o v e r y o u r j u n c t i o n b o x . Fi t t h e c o r r e c t t y p e a n d w a t t a g e o f b u l b , r e f e r r i n g t o g u i d a n c e i n s i d e . D o n o t o v e r t i g h t e n b u l b . Sw i t c h o n a t t h e f u s e - b o a r d . Y o u r l i g h t f i t t i n g i s n o w r e a d y f o r u s e . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L N Li v e ( H o t ) KE Y Ne u t r a l Ea r t h L = N = = *M a i n s Su p p l y Fi t t i n g BL A C K GR N / Y E L WH I T E BL A C K *WH I T E *c h e c k i n s t a l l a t i o n EN G W A R N I N G – R I S K O F F I R E A N D E L E C T R I C S H O C K . T H I S P R O D U C T I S B E S T I N S T A L L E D B Y A Q U A L I F I E D E L E C T R I C I A N . I N S T A L L I N A C C O R D A N C E W I T H C U R R E N T N E C W I R I N G R E G U L A T I O N S . S U I T A B L E F O R D A M P L O C A T I O N S T H E F I T T I N G M U S T B E G R O U N D E D . T U R N O F F P O W E R A T T H E M A I N F U S E B E F O R E C O M M E N C I N G I N S T A L L A T I O N . FR A T T E N T I O N – R I S Q U E D ’ I N C E N D I E , R I S Q U E D E C H O C . C E P R O D U I T D O I T Ê T R E I N S T A L L É S E L O N L E C O D E D ’ I N S T A L L A T I O N P E R T I N E N T , P A R U N E P E R S O N N E Q U I C O N N A Î T B I E N L E P R O D U I T E T S O N F O N C T I O N N E M E N T A I N S I Q U E L E S R I S Q U E S I N H É R E N T S . C O N V I E N T A U X E M P L A C E M E N T S H U M I D E S L ’ A P P A R E I L D O I T Ê T R E M I S À L A T E R R E . C O U P E Z L E F U S I B L E P R I N C I P A L A V A N T D E C O M M E N C E R L ’ I N S T A L L A T I O N . LA M P G U I D A N C E TY P E * WA T T A G E * * BA S E SH A P E MF R T O C O N F I R M : - I F T H E F I X T U R E T H E I P R A T I N G B E L O W I S I N A C C U R A T E O R I F TH E R E I S A N O T H E R C O D E / V E R S I O N F O R E X T E R I O R ( S E E P G . 2 F O R EX T E R I O R U S E D E S C R I P T I O N F R O M T H E M F R W E B S I T E ) . - I F T H E F I X T U R E C A N B E M O U N T E D T O T H E W A L L W I T H O U T BA C K P L A T E A N D J - B O X F O R A C L E A N E R L O O K ( S E E P G . 3 F O R R E F ) . Page 165 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 Ma r i n e M a s t L i g h t US - D P 0 7 4 9 PL E A S E R E A D T H E I N S T R U C T I O N S O N T H E R E V E R S E B E F O R E Y O U B E G I N I N S T A L L I N G Y O U R L I G H T 12 0 V a c 6 0 H z In s t a l l a t i o n D i a g r a m IP 5 4 Co n t e n t s 1 - M a s t L i g h t & P l a q u e 2 - G U 1 0 l a m p h o l d e r / c a p 3 - M a s t L i g h t D o o r 4 - D o o r s c r e w s x 3 5 - F i x i n g s c r e w s x 4 6 - R a w l p l u g s x 4 Ke y A - M a s t L i g h t B - W a l l F i x i n g s C - M a s t L i g h t p l a q u e D - W i r e n u t s * E - M a i n s s u p p l y F - R a w l p l u g s G - J u n c t i o n b o x * To o l s / H a r d w a r e r e q u i r e d 7 - U L a p p r o v e d w i r e n u t s 8 - J u n c t i o n b o x - S c r e w d r i v e r , f l a t - h e a d In s t a l l a t i o n a n d A s s e m b l y I n s t r u c t i o n s 2 3 87 4 5 6 1 GU 1 0 P A R 1 6 LA M P G U I D A N C E TY P E * WA T T A G E * * BA S E SH A P E  HA L O G E N LE D 35 W M A X 6W * W a r m w h i t e ( 2 7 0 0 k ) l o w e n e r g y l a m p s r e c o m m e n d e d - P h i l i p s & S o r a a l a m p s h a v e s u i t a b l e m o d e l s w i t h i n t h e i r r a n g e s . ** W a t t a g e v a l u e p r o v i d e d a s a g u i d e t o s u i t a b l e l a m p s . L o w e r w a t t a g e t h a n s t a t e d m a y b e u s e d . A 1 B C D E F G En s u r e s l a c k i n f l e x i n m a s t l i g h t b o d y w h e n i n s t a l l i n g 1 *N o t s u p p l i e d - U s e t h e p l a q u e a s a t e m p a l t e t o m a r k o u t l o c a t i o n s f o r f i x i n g t h e f i t t i n g t o t h e w a l l . - F o l l o w i n s t r u c t i o n s o v e r l e a f t o m a k e t h e n e c e s s a r y h o l e s i n t h e m o u n t i n g s u f a c e a n d i n s e r t r a w l p l u g s i f r e q u i r e d - M a k e c o n n e c t i o n t o t h e m a i n s s u p p l y f o l l o w i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s o v e r l e a f . - I n s e r t l a m p - e n s u r i n g t h e r e i s s o m e s l a c k i n t h e f l e x t o a l l o w f o r f u t r e r e - l a m p i n g , t h e n f i t t h e m a s t l i g h t d o o r t o t h e b o d y . - W h e n i n s t a l l i n g i n a n e x t e r i o r o r b a t h r o o m l o c a t i o n , i t i s i m p o r t a n t t h a t t h e r e a r o f t h e f i t t i n g i s p r o t e c t e d f r o m p o t e n t i a l m o i s t u r e i n g r e s s t o t h e r e a r c a b l e e n t r y . I t i s a d v i s e d t h a t a t h i n b e a d o f w a t e r p r o o f s i l i c o n e s e a l a n t i s a p p l i e d a r o u n d t h e f i t t i n g w h e n i n s t a l l i n g t o p r e v e n t a n y d a m a g e c a u s e d b y m o i s t u r e i n g r e s s . MF R T O C O N F I R M : - I F T H E F I X T U R E T H E I P R A T I N G B E L O W I S I N A C C U R A T E O R I F T H E R E I S AN O T H E R C O D E / V E R S I O N F O R E X T E R I O R ( S E E P G . 2 F O R E X T E R I O R U S E DE S C R I P T I O N F R O M T H E M F R W E B S I T E ) . - I F T H E F I X T U R E C A N B E M O U N T E D T O T H E W A L L W I T H O U T B A C K P L A T E AN D J - B O X F O R A C L E A N E R L O O K ( S E E P G . 3 F O R R E F ) . MR 1 6 G U 1 0 Page 166 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MR16 GU10 7.5W 120V 12VAC 120VAC CRI95GU10 Form Factor Operating Temperature Electrical Dimming and Flicker Width: 49.9mm (1.96”)Minimum: -40°C (ambient)Wattage: 7.5W Dimmable to <20% Height: 53.5mm (2.10”)Typical: 85 °C - 95°C (base)Power factor: 0.93 Flicker Index: <0.12 Weight: 61g Maximum: 100°C (base)Voltage: 120V +/- 12V Percent Flicker: 40% Frequency: 50/60Hz SORAA VIVID™ Soraa VIVID lamps offer beautiful and accurate color and white rendering across the entire visible spectrum, mimicking the natural range of sunlight to deliver unmatched quality of light for color critical applications. POINT SOURCE OPTICS™ Point Source Optics deliver exceptional beam quality with crisp shadows, perfect uniformity and precisely controlled beam distributions from 10° to 60°. SORAA VIVID COLOR™ Soraa VIVID lamps utilize full spectrum light to provide industry-leading color rendition of CRI/95, R9/95, Rf/90, Rg/100 for precise color reproduction. SORAA NATURAL WHITE™ Soraa VIVID lamps are engineered to deliver outstanding whiteness rendering for true-to-life whites, which matches or exceeds incandescent sources at 2700K and 3000K. FLICKER Soraa lamps demonstrate low levels of flicker in both dimmed and undimmed states. ENERGY EFFICIENCY 85% more energy efficient than standard halogen lamps, with typical payback of one year or less. ACCESSORIES Narrow spot compatible with the Soraa SNAP System™. THERMAL COMPATIBILITY Suitable for use in fully enclosed fixtures, subject to the maximum heatsink temperature limits stated in this data sheet. Designed to safely turn down in high temperature environments to protect LED and components. ELECTRICAL COMPATIBILITY Works with trailing edge and leading edge phase cut dimmers. Check individual lamp website pages for compatibility data. For more information visit: www.soraa.com. INTENDED USE & LOCATION RATING Intended for use in MR16 GU10 compatible recessed downlights, track lighting and other indoor applications Suitable for damp locations, not rated for use in wet locations LIFETIME & WARRANTY Rated lifetime to L70: 35,000hrs Warranty: 3yrs or 25,000hrs whichever comes first For warranty information visit: www.soraa.com/resources/legal Output Beam Angle Color Temperature Color Metrics Applications 390 - 455 lumen 10°, 25°, 36°, 60° 2700K, 3000K, 4000K CIE Metrics: CRI 95, R9 95 TM30 Metrics: Rf 90, Rg 100 Whiteness Index: Rw 100 Hotels & Hospitality Galleries & Museums High-End Retail SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Page 167 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 10 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 0.5 1.1 11.1% 1.0 2.1 2.8% 1.6 3.2 1.2% 2.1 4.2 0.7% 2.6 5.3 0.4% DIMENSIONS COLOR RENDERING 3’ 6’ 9’ 12’ 15’ No Violet Cyan gap Red lackBase Temperature Measured Here 49.9mm (1.96”) 53.5mm (2.10 ”) Note: Footcandles may be calculated by multiplying the CBCP of the desired model number by the percentage in the tables above 25 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 1.3 2.1 11.1% 2.7 4.1 2.8% 4.0 6.2 1.2% 5.3 8.3 0.7% 6.7 10.3 0.4% 36 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 1.9 3.1 11.1% 3.9 6.1 2.8% 5.8 9.2 1.2% 7.8 12.2 0.7% 9.7 15.3 0.4% 3’ 6’ 9’ 12’ 15’ 60 DEGREE BEAM Beam Dia at 50% CBCP (ft)Field Dia at 10% CBCP (ft)Foot-candles (% of CBCP) 3.5 5.4 11.1% 6.9 10.8 2.8% 10.4 16.2 1.2% 13.9 21.6 0.7% 17.3 27.0 0.4% SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Page 168 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 SPECIFICATIONS BY MODEL NUMBER* SORAA LED MR16-GU10 7.5W 120V Model #Product Code CCT (K) Beam Angle Field Angle CBCP (Cd) Total Flux (Lm) Efficacy (Lm/W) McA SNAP VIVID SERIES SM16GA-07-10D-927-03 01111 2700 10 17 5710 390 52 3 YES SM16GA-07-25D-927-03 01123 2700 25 38 2260 410 55 3 - SM16GA-07-36D-927-03 01135 2700 36 54 1070 410 55 3 - SM16GA-07-60D-927-03 01573 2700 60 84 420 410 55 3 - SM16GA-07-10D-930-03 01115 3000 10 17 6000 410 55 3 YES SM16GA-07-25D-930-03 01127 3000 25 38 2400 435 58 3 - SM16GA-07-36D-930-03 01139 3000 36 54 1130 435 58 3 - SM16GA-07-60D-930-03 01577 3000 60 84 440 435 58 3 - SM16GA-07-10D-940-03 01117 4000 10 17 6290 430 58 4 YES SM16GA-07-25D-940-03 01129 4000 25 38 2510 455 61 4 - SM16GA-07-36D-940-03 01141 4000 36 54 1190 455 61 4 - SM16GA-07-60D-940-03 01579 4000 60 84 460 455 61 4 - CCT: Correlated Color Temperature McA: White Point Accuracy in McA step SNAP: SORAA SNAP System Compatible *Specifications are at stable warm operating conditions (25°C ambient) SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Information and specifications subject to change Page 169 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 COLOR ACCURACY SPECTRAL POWER DISTRIBUTIONWHITENESS INDEXSERIES/CCT VIVID 2700K VIVID 3000K VIVID 4000K Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 Rw: 100 CRI: 95, R9: 95 Rw: 100Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 Rf: 90, Rg: 100, Rfh1: 95 CRI: 95, R9: 95 CRI: 95, R9: 95Rw: 70 75 50 25 0 125 100 75 50 25 0 125 100 75 50 25 0 125 100 Rf: TM-30 metric measuring color fidelity (whether colors are similar to those under natural light). Rf is a more accurate version of the CRI Ra. Rf is 100 for natural light.Rg: TM-30 metric measuring color gamut (whether colors are more saturated than under natural light). Rg is 100 for natural light.Rfh1: TM-30 metric measuring color fidelity for red tones. Rfh1 is a more accurate version of the CRI R9. Rfh1 is 100 for natural light.Rw: Soraa-developed metric to measure white fidelity. Rw measures the magnitude of excitation of whitening agents within whites. Rw is about 100 for natural light. Information and specifications subject to change SM16GA 7.5W VIVID NA 19Q4 Soraa Inc. 6500 Kaiser Drive, Suite 110 Fremont, CA 94555 855 GO-SORAA / 855 467-6722 www.soraa.com Page 170 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 The award winning Soraa SNAP SYSTEMTM is the first LED lamp/accessory solution that is optimized to work as an integrated system. Based on high brightness single source GaN on GaN™ LED technology, it completely redefines accessory application. The effects that can be achieved are similar to what can be done with halogen sources, but are enabled by a relatively low operating temperature and ground-breaking optical design, materials, and methods of attachment. SNAP SYSTEM ACCESSORIES DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT The SNAP SYSTEM's self-centering magnetic interconnect system makes using accessories completely user friendly. Simply attached the SNAP SYSTEM accessory directly to any Narrow Spot Soraa lamp, the magnetic force from both the accessory and lamp will securely attached to one another and center itself. STACKING ACCESSORIES SNAP SYSTEM accessories can be stacked in combination. For example, a beam spreader can be used in combination with CCT shifter. When combining the beam shaping Snap accessory with CCT shifting Snap Accessory, for best results always place CCT shifting Snap on the lamp first, as shown in diagram below. Beam Shaping Snap CCT Shift Snap PHOTOMETRICS IES files of accessories is available for download at http://www.soraa.com/products/snap_system SMALL (2") COMPATIBILITY The SNAP SYSTEM accessories Small (2") are compatible with the lamps and Optical Light Engines outlined below. The SNAP SYSTEM are only compatible with SORAA Narrow Spot lamps and Optical Light Engines. See each accessory data for exact diameter. Small (2") MR16 GU10 PAR20 OLE/C 16 2" (50MM) Page 171 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Use in wall washes and illuminating asymmetric objects. Reduces required number of light fixtures and spill illumination of target objects. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle Angle Horiz. Vert. 10° - 25° AC-GE-1025-00 00331 52% 27° 35° 10° - 36° AC-GE-1036-00 00333 38% 27° 43° 10° - 60° AC-GE-1060-00 03259 25% 25° 70° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F LINEAR SNAP Provides even illumination center to edge. Eliminates video camera saturation, for use in applications such as critical video surveillance. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle Angle Horiz. Vert. 25° x 25° AC-FR-2525-00 00335 19% 44° 44° 36° x 36° AC-FR-3636-00 00337 14% 46° 46° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F FLAT TOP SNAP Use in any application where reducing the number of beam angle SKUs is required. Reduces inventory costs. Shortens specification, design, sales cycles. Provides maximum flexibility up to the time of installation. Beam Part Number Product CBCP of Field Code 10˚ Lamp Angle 17° AC-GC-1717-00 03263 30% 33° 25° AC-GC-2525-00 00325 29% 40° 36° AC-GC-3636-00 00327 14% 55° 60° AC-GC-6060-00 00329 5% 103° Lumen Transmissivity: 90% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F BEAM SPREADER SNAP 7˚ Page 172 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Use in hospitality and restaurant applications to simulate warm dimming. Create custom colors for festive occasions or brand identity. Single Lamp SKU can be used for multiple color temperatures CTO* Part Number Product Lumen Mired Code Transmissivity Shift 1/4 AC-CC-0001-00 00323 90% 37 1/2 AC-CC-0002-00 00321 75% 83 3/4 AC-CC-0003-00 00319 60% 120 *Color Temperature Orange Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F CCT SHIFT EFFECT Starting 1/4 CTO 1/2 CTO 3/4 CTOLamp CCT 2,700K 2,450K 2,200K 2,000K 3,000K 2,700K 2,400K 2,200K 4,000K 3,500K 3,000K 2,700K CCT SHIFTER SNAP Designed with two lenses the Aim Snap bends the beam from 0 degree to maximum deflection angle of 20 degrees, while maintaining uniform and consistent color and shape. AIM SNAP Part Number Lumen Transmission Max Deflection AC-AM-0020-00 85%20° 13° Beam Angle Product Code 03255 Suggested method of use: Use the orientation lines to adjust beam deflection angle. Narrower angle between orientation lines results in more deflection Wider angle between orientation lines results in lesser deflection Stacked orientation lines will result in undesirable optical artifacts. Rotate one lens slightly to mitigate. Note: May be used with Beam Spreader, Linear, and Flat Top SNAP accessory. Eliminates high angle glare, making light beams disappear in downlight applications. Cutoff Part Number Product CBCP ofAngle Code 10˚ Lamp 40° AC-LU-4040-00 00339 63% Diameter: 51.1 mm Thickness: 9.0 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F Reduces angular intensity to 0.1% of peak at 40° full angle. Fits around lamp face. Can be used in combination with gimbal ring fixtures. LOUVER SNAP Page 173 of 208 FIXTURE TYPE:L’OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL | LIGHTING DESIGNERS 120 WALKER STREET | 7TH FLOOR | NEW YORK, NY 10013 | T: +1 212 255 4463 XWS03 SORAA SNAP SYSTEM LED ACCESSORIES - SMALL (2") Soraa Inc. 6500 Kaiser Drive, Suite 110, Fremont, CA 94555 855 GO-SORAA / 855-467-6722 • www.soraa.com Information and specifications subject to change. Rev A 042417 Use together with gel and dichroic filters for total color freedom. Produce the exact mood and effect for any environment with the Clear SNAP accessory, Clear Snap are sold in quantities of ten. Part Number Product Lumen Lumen Code Transmissivity Transmissivity (1 Snap) (2 Snaps) AC-CL-0000-00 02183 93% 87% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.45 lb-F CLEAR SNAP CL Suggested method of use for: Gel Filter Dichroic Filter CLEAR SNAP GEL CLEAR SNAPDICHROIC Enhance is a unique color-enhancing filter. Designed to modify the spectrum of Soraa Vivid lamps, it increases the vividness of warm colors (including red, orange and pink colors) as well as greens. In applications where a more colorful setting is sought, Enhance lets the richness of colors stand out even more. Part Number Product Lumen Whiteness Code Transmissivity AC-EN-0001-00 03281 75% 130% Diameter: 50.0 mm Thickness: 2 mm Magnetic Attach Force: 0.20 lb-F ENHANCE SORAA VIVID ENHANCE SNAP Rf:90, Rg:100 Rw (Whiteness): 120 (2700K & 3000K) Rf:75, Rg:112 Rw (Whiteness): 130 (2700K & 3000K) Application Notes: Can be used in combination with any SORAA Vivid 10o lamp. Recommended use with CCTs of 3000K and 2700K Recommend that the Enhance be combined with either a Louver Snap accessory (for 10o spot applications) or with a Beam Spreader Snap accessory (for other beam angles). When stacking the Enhance Snap with other Snap accessories the Enhance Snap should be placed as the first filter on the lamp, followed by other Snaps. Page 174 of 208 (N 1 4 ° 5 0 ' 4 9 " E 1 0 0 . 0 0 ' ) (S 7 5 ° 0 9 ' 1 1 " E 9 0 . 0 0 ' ) (S 1 4 ° 5 0 ' 4 9 " W 1 0 0 . 0 0 ' ) (N 7 5 ° 0 9 ' 1 1 " W ) N 1 5 ° 3 0 ' 3 3 " E 1 0 0 . 0 5 ' S 7 4 ° 3 5 ' 5 5 " E 9 0 . 1 8 ' S 1 5 ° 4 2 ' 3 7 " W 1 0 0 . 3 2 ' N 7 4 ° 2 5 ' 2 4 " W (90. 0 0 ' ) 89. 8 3 ' We s t F r a n c i s S t . 74. 7 2 ' R - O - W No r t h 2 n d S t . 75 . 6 2 ' R - O - W All e y - - B L O C K 4 8 20' R - O - W COA GPS-8 COA GPS-6 N 70 ° 1 3 ' 4 3 " W 5 8 0 . 1 4 ' N 0 9 ° 0 9 ' 5 8 " W 1 3 7 2 . 6 8 ' STRIP DRAIN AT PROPERTY LINE TO DRYWELL ROOF DRAINS FROM GABLE ROOF WILL DRAIN TO BURIED PIPING TO DRYWELL SWALE FOR OVERFLOW SUMP DISCHARGE TO ALLEY. FRONT AREA TO DRAIN TO ROW. ALL ROOF DRAINS PICKED UP INTERNALLY PATH TO BE BASALT PAVERS. PATH TO BE REMOVED OVERFLOW TO CITY STORM SEWER WITH CHECK VALVE 4'Ø (WQCV=67.5CF) DRYWELL WITH CONCEALED ACCESS LID. LOCATION OF ACCESS LID TO BE MARKED ON FINISHED GRADE AREA INLETS IF EXISTING ROOF DOWNSPOUTS ARE REMOVED PROPOSED CURB & GUTTER AREA INLETS IF EXISTING ROOF GUTTERS ARE NOT USED ACCESS PATH TO BE PERMEABLE PAVERS FLAT ROOF AREAS TO PIPE TO DRYWELL 4",6",8" STORM DRAINS TO DRYWELL CONNECT TO ROOF DRAIN SLOT DRAIN COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL FOR PIPE ROUTING THROUGH FOUNDATION DRYWELL OVERFLOW SUMP PUMP TO BE LOCATED BELOW MECHANICAL ROOM. SURFACE DISCHARGE TO FLOW NORTH TO ALLEY. BASEMENT SUBSTRUCTURE SLOT DRAIN SMALL DRYWELL W/GRASS TRAY LID FOR FOUNDATION DRAIN AND SPA VAULT DRAIN SPA MECHANICAL VAULT DRAIN INSTALL MANHOLE FOR CITY STORM SEWER CONNECTION CO G E ORF R EV I E W BY NO . DA T E PROJECT NO. RE V I S I O N +, * + & 2 8 N 7 5 < ( N * , N ( ( 5 , N * , N & . 3+ 2 N ( F $ ; 2 ZZ Z . h c e n J . c o P dr a w n b y : ch e c k e d b y : da t e : fi l e : % / $ . ( $ 9 ( N 8 ( S 7 ( */ ( N W 2 2 ' S 3 5 , N * S & 2 COLORADO 811 CALL BEFORE YOU DIG Utility Notification Center of Colorado 22. *5 &..2 23 4 W E S T F R A N C I S L L C CI T Y O F A S P E N , C O L O R A D O 2 W . F 5 $ N & , S S 7 5 ( ( 7 +3 & S 8 % 0 , 7 7 $ / * 5 $ ' , N * ' 5 $ , N $ * ( $N ' ( 5 2 S , 2 N & 2 N 7 5 2 / 3 / $ N MG G MG G 5/ 4 / 2 0 GR - 0 1 . d w g 1 1 - 1 6 - 2 0 H P C S U B M I T T A L MG G Page 175 of 208 Page | 1 An Employee-Owned Company Civil Engineering Report To: Aspen HPC From: Roger Neal, PE Date: May 4, 2020 Project: 234 W. Francis Parcel No.: 273718232006 Subject: Proposed Drainage Plan HCE Project: 2191017.00 I. Purpose The purpose of this report is to address the access, water supply, wastewater disposal, other utilities, storm water drainage, and public services, for 234 W. Francis Street. The applicant, 234 W. Francis LLC, intends to construct a single-family residence on the lot while maintaining the Historic house and historic portion of the new residence. II. Location The property is located in the City and Townsite of Aspen Block 48: Lots K, L and M. See survey of property attached separately. The Location is shown below. Civil engineering Land surveying 234 W. Francis Page 176 of 208 Page | 2 III. Access Vehicular access to the site is currently provided via the alley access to a garage from N. 2nd Street. There is also parking along N. 2nd Street and along W. Francis St., adjacent to the lot. Per City of Aspen mapping this location is required to have curb and gutter per the map below. W. Francis Street does not have a formal curb and will likely require a formal curb to meet with Engineering department requirements. Curb and Gutter Required and Deferred Zones The following map indicates the locations that require or do not require sidewalks. This location does not require sidewalks. Sidewalk Required and Sidewalk Deferred Zones Page 177 of 208 Page | 3 IV. Water Supply This residence is served by City of Aspen Water. A curb box will be located and service size will be replaced, if necessary. The service will likely be replaced with the construction. This service goes to the mainline either in N. 2nd Street or W. Francis Street. The existing service will be abandoned if applicable per water department standards. V. Wastewater Disposal The existing residence is served by Aspen Consolidated Sanitation District and the service line is located within the alley. This service may be replaced if the service age dictates need for replacement. Evaluation and the design will be coordinated with the district requirements. VI. Other Utilities The lot at 234 w. Francis Street is currently served by other utilities including: telephone gas and electricity. The existing buried electric service line crosses into the property from the alley to the north. This electric line is owned, operated and maintained by City of Aspen Electric. The applicant has no plans to alter this public service unless service upgrade is necessary. Phone likely runs with the electric service. A gas line also currently serves the property and will continue to serve the proposed residence. VII. Storm Water Drainage The applicant intends to construct storm water improvements in conjunction with the proposed buildings. Anticipated storm drainage improvements include storm drainage swales, ditches, piping inlets and drywells. According to the Soil Survey of Aspen-Gypsum Area, Colorado published by the U.S. Department. Of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, the surface soil type within 234 W. Francis is Uracca, moist Mergel Complex, and is identified as being within hydrologic soil groups A and B. Soil Survey Map Page 178 of 208 Page | 4 These soil conditions generally represent very good infiltration and are very favorable for the use of drywells. Overflow paths are expected to mostly be towards W. Francis due to the the location of the exisitng storm facilities. It is anticipated that a tie –in the the existing 15” HDPE will be made for overflow from the proposed drywell. See existing drainage facilities below. Existing Drainage Facilities Map Page 179 of 208 Page | 5 We have reviewed the FEMA mapping for the site and determined the site is not within the 100 year floodplain of the Roaring Fork River as shown above on the attached firmette. The increase in storm water runoff is to be mitigated via a proposed drywell located in the south side of the property that would overflow to the city storm sewer if inundated through an overflow pipe. Otherwise the drywell will percolate after being treated into the type A or B soils below. Runoff from the proposed single family residence will be directed to the drywell to limit runoff rates to the pre- developed condition of the site. FEMA Map 234 W. Francis Street VIII. Conclusion It is our professional opinion that the proposed property can be adequately designed from the aspects of access, water supply, wastewater disposal, utilities, storm drainage and public services and maintain the historic character of the residences. Please let me know if you have questions. Page 180 of 208 Page | 6 IX. References: Survey Tuttle Surveying,dated 4-26-19 Soil Survey of Aspen-Gypsum Area, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, 1992 Precipitation - Frequency Atlas Western United States, National Oceanic & Atmospheric Admin, 1973 Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, TR 55, Natural Resource Conservation Service, 1986 City of Aspen, Colorado: Design and Construction Standards, June 2005. City of Aspen, Colorado: Urban Runoff Management Plan. April 2010, Sept 2014 Update. WRC Engineering, Inc. “Storm Drainage Master Plan for the City of Aspen, Colorado”. November 2001. UDFCD. www.udfcd.org. Sincerely, Roger Neal, P.E. High Country Engineering, Inc. Page 181 of 208 #DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 19 1 2 _ T - 0 0 0 _ T I T L E . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS DWG. LIST, GEN. NOTES ABBREVS. & SYMBOLS 1912FR CC - T-000 1 of 27 ASPEN, CO 81611 234 W. FRANCIS STREET 06.19.2020 HPC FINAL SUBMISSION R2 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 PRICING SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 182 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ G - 0 0 1 _ G E N E R A L _ N O T E S . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS DWG. LIST, GEN. NOTES ABBREVS. & SYMBOLS 1912FR CC - G-001 2 of 27 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 6 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 183 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 0 5 0 _ S I T E _ P L A N . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS SITE PLAN 1912 CC 1/8"=1'-0" A-050 3 of 27 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 6 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 184 of 208 MASSAGE RM 9'-6" X 14'-10" BEDROOM 19'-8" X 14'-0" SPA/ LOUNGE 8'-6" X 12'-4" MECHANICAL 282 SF WINE CELLAR 7'-11" X 15'-7" BATH 5'-10" X 9'-6" BEDROOM 15'-1" X 15'-2" BATH 6'-0" X 9'-2" SHOWER/ STEAM 9'-0" X 5'-6" LAUNDRY 13'-11" X 15'-7" THEATER 24'-10" X 17'-1" BEDROOM 18'-6" X 17'-7" MECHANICAL 7'-1" X 8'-7" W MECHANICAL 4'-7" X 5'-0" BATH 6-0" X 12'-0" STOR. STORAGE 13'-6" X 11'-0" ELEC / AV 6'-0" X 11'-0" KING BED KING BED KING BED SAUNA 9'-0" X 4'-6" GYM 17'-11" X 23'-0" D D W POWDER 8'-6" X 4'-6" MECHANICAL 8'-6" X 4'-6" # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 1 0 0 _ P L A N _ 0 0 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS BASEMENT PLAN 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-100 4 of 27 1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 185 of 208 KITCHEN 13'-10" X 29'-10" GARAGE 26'-1" X 20'-4" LIVING ROOM 25'-10" X 17'-1" BEDROOM 15'-3" X 11'-10" BATH 8'-2" X 9'-1" ENTRY 6'-7" X 6'-0" STUDY 10'-1" X 14'-9" PWDR RM 4'-6" X 5'-3" DW REF MECH. HOT TUB T R BREEZEWAY 11-5" X 9'-7" MUDROOM 7-3" X 9'-7" DW # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 1 0 1 _ P L A N _ 0 1 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS FIRST FLOOR PLAN 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-101 5 of 27 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 186 of 208 BEDROOM 13-11" X 12'-0" OFFICE/DRESSING 17'-9" X 17'-8" BATH 8'-11" X 10'-2" BEDROOM 13-1" X 20'-3" BATH 9'-0" X 6-0" STORAGE # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 1 0 2 _ P L A N _ 0 2 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS SECOND FLOOR PLAN 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-102 6 of 27 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 187 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 1 0 3 _ P L A N _ 0 3 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS ROOF PLAN 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-103 7 of 27 1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 188 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 2 0 0 _ E L E V _ S . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS SOUTH ELEVATION 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-200 8 of 27 1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 6 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 189 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 2 0 1 _ E L E V _ W . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS WEST ELEVATION 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-201 9 of 27 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 190 of 208 #DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 19 1 2 _ A - 2 0 2 _ E L E V _ N . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS NORTH ELEVATION 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-202 10 of 27 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 191 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 2 0 3 _ E L E V _ E . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 1 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS EAST ELEVATION 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-203 11 of 27 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 192 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 2 0 4 _ E L E V _ F R A N C I S _ 0 1 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 FRANCIS ST ELEVATION 1/2 1912 CC 1/2"=1'-0" A-204 2 of 26 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 11 Page 193 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 2 0 5 _ E L E V _ F R A N C I S _ 0 2 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 FRANCIS ST ELEVATION 2/2 1912 CC 1/2"=1'-0" A-205 13 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 3 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 194 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 2 0 6 _ E L E V _ S E C O N D _ 0 1 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 SECOND ST ELEVATION 1/2 1912 CC 1/2"=1'-0" A-206 14 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 3 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 195 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 2 0 7 _ E L E V _ S E C O N D _ 0 2 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 SECOND ST ELEVATION 2/2 1912 CC 1/2"=1'-0" A-207 5 of 26 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 11 Page 196 of 208 THEATERGYM BEDROOM LIVING ROOM # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 0 0 _ S E C T _ N S . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 NORTH-SOUTH SECTION THROUGH ADDITION 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-300 16 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS Page 197 of 208 BEDROOM KITCHEN BEDROOM BATHROOM GYM SPA SAUNA MASSAGE BEDROOM # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 0 1 _ S E C T _ E W . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 EAST-WEST SECTION THROUGH CABIN 1912 CC 1/4"=1'-0" A-301 17 of 27 1 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 198 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 1 0 _ D T L _ W A L L S E C T _ A D D I T I O N . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 WALL SECTIONS ADDITION 1912 CC VARIES A-310 18 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS Page 199 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 2 0 _ D T L _ E X T _ D O R M E R R E C O N S T R U C T I O N . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 DORMER RECONSTRUCTION 1912 CC VARIES A-320 19 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS Page 200 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 2 1 _ D T L _ E X T _ C H I M N E Y R E C O N S T R U C T I O N . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 WALL SECTIONS CHIMNEY RECONSTRUCTION 1912 CC VARIES A-321 20 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS Page 201 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 2 2 _ D T L _ E X T _ L I G H T W E L L . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 LIGHT WELL 1912 CC VARIES A-322 21 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS Page 202 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 2 3 _ H I S T O R I C _ W I N D O W _ S U R V E Y . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 EXISTING WINDOW + DOOR SURVEY 1912 CC 1/8"=1'-0" A-323 22 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS NON-HISTORICAL FRAMES/GLAZING HISTORICAL WINDOW FRAME ORIGINAL / HISTORICAL GLAZING Page 203 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 2 4 _ D T L _ E X T _ H I S T O R I C - W I N D O W . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 HISTORIC WINDOW DETAILS 1912 CC 3"=1'-0" A-324 23 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-20 HPC FINAL R1 JS Page 204 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 3 3 1 _ D T L _ E X T _ N E W - W I N D O W . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 WINDOW DETAILS ADDITION 1912 CC VARIES A-331 24 of 27 1 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 2 2020-05-19 HPC FINAL R1 JS Page 205 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 7 0 0 _ M A T E R I A L S . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS MATERIALS 1912 CC - A-700 25 of 27 1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 PRICING SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 7 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS 5 4 3 2 6 C D E 7 5 4 3 2 5 4 3 26754 4 3 2543654 4 3 2 1 #DATE DESCRIPTION CHK SEAL & SIGNATURE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 3 2 1 B C D E CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 PRICING SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 4 3 2 1 #DATE DESCRIPTION CHK SEAL & SIGNATURE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 3 2 1 C D E CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 PRICING SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS Page 206 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 9 0 1 _ 3 D _ 0 1 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS STREET PERSPECTIVES 1912 CC - A-901 26 of 27 1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 COST ESTIMATE SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-05-22 HPC FINAL R1 JS 6 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 207 of 208 # DATE DESCRIPTION CHK FI L E N A M E : 1 9 1 2 _ A - 9 0 2 _ 3 D _ 0 2 . D W G SCALE (24x36) PROJECT NO. Drawn By SEAL & SIGNATURE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS, DESIGNS, AND IDEAS EMBODIED THEREIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OTHER THAN THE SPECIFIED PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT THE © SELLDORF ARCHITECTS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLDORF ARCHITECTS. KEY PLAN 6 A B C D E 7 67 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 A B C D E 234 W. FRANCIS STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 RESIDENCE CIVIL ENGINEER HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING 1517 BLAKE AVENUE, SUITE 101 GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601 970.925.2855 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BLUEGREEN BLD 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 940.945.8676 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BENDON ADAMS 300 S. SPRING ST. SUITE 202 ASPEN, CO 81611 970.925.2855 N LOCAL ARCHITECT 1FRIDAY DESIGN PO BOX 7928 ASPEN, CO 81612 970.309.0695 STRUCTURAL/ MEP ENGINEER RESOURCE ENGINEERING GROUP 502 WHITEROCK AVE, SUITE 102 CRESTED BUTTE, CO 81224 970.925.2855 LIGHTING DESIGNER L'OBSERVATOIRE INTERNATIONAL 120 WALKER STREET, 7E NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10013 212.255.4463 AV CONSULTANT ONEBUTTON 67 WEST ST #527 BROOKLYN NEW YORK, 11222 917.398.0025 2019-08-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL JS STREET PERSPECTIVES 1912 CC - A-902 27 of 27 1 2 2019-10-22 HPC CONCEPTUAL R1 JS 3 2020-01-20 HPC CONCEPTUAL R2 JS 4 2020-03-25 PRICING SET JS 5 2020-05-08 HPC FINAL JS 6 2020-06-19 HPC FINAL R2 JS Page 208 of 208